Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Global / Xaar

Xaar

xar · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker xar
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Global
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Xaar
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Leading the digital 
inkjet revolution

Xaar plc 
Annual Report and 
Financial Statements 2017

What we do

We are a world leader in the development 
of digital inkjet technology. Our technology 
drives the conversion of analogue printing and 
manufacturing methods to digital inkjet which 
is more efficient, more economical and more 
productive than the traditional methods which 
have been in use for years. We design and 
manufacture printheads as well as systems for 
product decoration and 3D Printing which use 
our inkjet technology. 

WE 
ARE 
X AAR

Play video

Why we do it

Our purpose is simple – it is to improve supply 
chain efficiency and to unlock innovation. 
With Xaar technology our customers and 
their customers are able to innovate in their 
manufacturing methods and their products 
as well as benefit from a shorter supply chain; 
they can implement more precise and efficient 
processes, easily produce short batches, take 
products to market quicker, improve productivity, 
reduce waste and unlock creativity. 

Why we are different

We are the only truly independent inkjet 
technology company with over 25 years of 
know how. We offer unrivalled inkjet expertise 
including technology and printhead design 
and development, and manufacture highly 
customised product decoration systems and 
industrial 3D Printing for volume manufacturing. 
Our unique technologies and products are the 
leading enabler for innovation and for driving 
supply chain efficiencies for many industries. 

Our open systems approach delivers more 
choice to our customers and also encourages 
market conversion from analogue to digital 
processes. Our independence enables a flexible, 
collaborative approach to ensure we focus 
on our customers’ goals. 

XAAR’S MISSION

Leading the digital 
inkjet revolution 

Products

We offer a comprehensive range of products 
including industrial inkjet printheads, product 
decoration systems and industrial 3D Printing 
systems. We also develop and sell ink systems 
and electronics, and provide fluid optimisation 
services to accelerate inkjet system 
development and adoption.

Technology

For over 25 years, Xaar has developed 
leading-edge technologies which have helped 
companies around the world innovate and also 
improve their supply chain efficiencies. A recent 
example of our innovation is High Laydown (HL) 
Technology which facilitates the printing of highly 
viscous fluids whilst also enabling outstanding 
rates of productivity – important for industrial 3D 
Printing. In addition, HL Technology can be used 
to deposit high build varnish for tactile effects 
that enhance shelf appeal for a wide range 
of packaging and labels as well as for more 
creative ceramic tile designs.

Play video

Applications

Many industry sectors use Xaar technology 
and products in order to innovate and to 
drive efficiencies. These include sectors such 
as Advanced Manufacturing, industrial 3D 
Printing, Packaging, Graphic Arts, Textiles 
and Ceramics. 

Get app

HIGHLIGHTS

Positioned for growth

Our balanced and diversified product portfolio 
now serves multiple market sectors, including 
3D and Product Printing. Broader product 
range and new partnerships underpin our 
growth opportunities, which are core to our 
transformation. Our strategy is focused on 
supporting customers by improving supply 
chain efficiency and unlocking innovation.

Revenue £m
£100.1m

Adjusted profit before tax £m
£18.0m

2017

2016

2015

100.1

2017

18.0

96.2

2016

93.5

2015

19.5

20.8

Net cash1 balance £m
£44.7m

Profit before tax £m
£12.3m

2017

2016

2015

44.7

49.3

2017

2016

12.3

17.9

69.7

2015

13.6

Strategic and operational highlights 

Financial highlights 

• In 2017 revenues from the seven new products launched in the last 24 
months and the acquired Engineered Printing Solutions (EPS) business 
accounted for 80% of the total product revenue (2016: 48%)

• Strong performance from the new 1201 Thin Film printhead, 

including a master distribution agreement signed for two years 
for 90,000 printheads

• Total revenue grew by 4% in 2017 to £100.1 million (2016: £96.2 million)

• JPY 2.98 billion (circa £20.0 million) royalty upgrade and replacement 

agreement signed with Seiko Instruments Inc. (SII), £10.0 million of which 
is recognised as revenue in 2017 with the first payment of JPY 1.5 billion 
received in December 2017 and the final JPY 1.48 billion received in 
Q1 2018

• Good progress on 5601 Thin Film printhead. Design frozen; 
first development kits shipped to eight partners; four colour 
print capabilities showcased at InPrint 2017

• Product revenues increased by £0.9 million with the continued slowdown 

of sales into ceramic tile decoration being offset by 23% growth in 
other sectors

• Realised the first revenues from the Textiles market, largely from our 

5501 bulk printhead product 

• Announcement of the Joint Development Agreement (JDA) with Xerox 
to develop the next generation of industrial bulk piezo printheads using 
the extensive resources and IP of both companies

• Demonstrated to a small select group of partners and potential 

customers the first prototype Xaar 3D printer 

• Adjusted operating profit margin of 18% achieved for the year (2016: 
20%) helped by £9.5 million from the one-off SII royalty (see Financial 
Statements, note 4); underlying adjusted profit before tax in line with 
expectations set in November 2017

• Gross Research and Development (R&D) investment (before 

net capitalisation/amortisation of development costs relating to 
the Thin Film and 3D programmes) was £18.1 million in 2017 
(2016: £22.4 million)

• Organisational restructure to strengthen our Go-To-Market capabilities.

• Net cash of £44.7 million (2016: £49.3 million). 

1 Net cash includes cash, cash equivalents and treasury deposits.

Adjusted measures exclude items from the IFRS operating profit and profit before tax, such as restructuring and acquisition expenses, share-based payment charges, 
exchange differences on intra-group transactions and research and development credits, per the reconciliation of adjusted financial measures on page 102.

1 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Strategic Report 

We are Xaar 
Our mission 
Highlights 
Chairman’s report 
Who we are 
Our printhead portfolio  
Our market environment 
–  Focus on Textiles 
–  Market trends and our response 
Our technology 
Our business model 
Our strategic pillars 
Our strategic pillars in action 
Chief Executive Officer’s report 
Key performance indicators 
Chief Financial Officer’s report 
Risk management 
Sustainable and responsible business 
–  Green house gas emissions statement 
Board approval of the Strategic  
and Annual Reports 

Governance

Board of Directors 
–  Board structure 
Directors’ report 
Governance 
–  Corporate Governance statement 
–  Audit Committee 
–  Nomination Committee 
–  Remuneration Committee 
–  Directors’ Remuneration report 
–  Directors’ Responsibilities statement 

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

#
#
#

2
4
6
8
10
11
12
14
16
18
22
25
26
29
35
38

39

40
42
43
49
49
54
56
57
58
80

Financial Statements 

81
90

Independent auditor’s report 
Consolidated income statement 
Consolidated statement of  
90
comprehensive income 
91
Consolidated statement of financial position 
92
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
Consolidated cash flow statement 
93
Notes to the consolidated financial statements  94
128
Company balance sheet 
129
Company statement of changes in equity 
130
Notes to the Company financial statements 
134
Five year record 
135
Notice of the Annual General Meeting 
IBC
Advisors 

The productivity and fluid 
flexibility we achieved with Xaar 
printheads and our advanced 
chemistry address market 
requirements for productivity 
and quality which to date have 
remained unmet. 

Volker Hammes, 
Managing Director, BASF 3D 
Printing Solutions GmbH

The new Xaar 2001+ 
printheads have increased 
productivity dramatically and 
print quality is excellent. 

Jorge Albalat, 
Production Manager, Cerlat, Italy

Many applications such as flat 
panel display printing require 
tight regulation of coating 
thicknesses, precise patterns 
and management of substrate 
surface characteristics

 
2 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Chairman’s report

MOVING ALONG OUR TRANSFORMATION JOURNEY

We are excited about leading the digital transformation 
of printing in many industries around the world, 
applying our leading-edge inkjet technology. 

Robin Williams
Chairman

3 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

The Group achieved an adjusted operating 
profit margin of 18% and a very healthy cash 
balance of £45 million at 31 December 2017, 
with the final tranche of the SII royalty payment 
received in Q1 2018. This puts us in a good 
position to fund growth opportunities.

The Board remains focused in supporting 
the management team on delivering this 
challenging transformation, which now has 
a variety of products and end applications in 
the frame. Whilst we are disappointed with 
the slower than expected adoption of some 
of our new products we are confident that the 
transformation we are undergoing will lead us 
to become a more diversified and customer-
centric organisation. 

Important changes across the business 
continue and we appreciate the support of all 
staff in achieving our vision. Talent management 
is key to our strategy and we have implemented 
various leadership and continuous improvement 
training programmes. I would like to thank our 
employees for their hard work and dedication 
throughout 2017.

Changes to the Board since 1 January 2017, 
are set out below:

• On 2 May 2017, Lily Liu joined Xaar as Chief 
Financial Officer and Company Secretary; 
following the departure of Alex Bevis 
on 29 March 2017. I am pleased to see 
Lily successfully transition into Xaar 

• On 9 August 2017, we announced that 

Ted Wiggans, our Chief Operations Officer, 
plans to retire from Xaar plc on 9 August 
2018. I would like to thank Ted for his 
contribution to the business and the Board.

Robin Williams 
Chairman

21 March 2018

2017 marked a year of progress for 
Xaar on many fronts. 

The most significant development related 
to the diversification of our revenue streams 
which have transformed from being over-reliant 
on one product for the Ceramics market to 
a portfolio of products addressing multiple 
market sectors. 80% of our product revenue 
was derived from products launched in the last 
two years or from the EPS acquisition. With 
new printheads launched into sectors such 
as Graphic Arts and Textiles (a new sector 
for Xaar) our Ceramics market dependence 
is reduced, accounting in 2017 for 34% of 
our revenue (2016: 44%).

We made further progress in our Thin Film 
Technology. The product design of 5601, 
the result of significant R&D investment 
over the  last eight years, was frozen and 
we successfully demonstrated four colour 
printing at the InPrint 2017 show. In addition, 
we shipped development kits to eight of 
our partners for analysis and early stage 
development work as they look to integrate 
the 5601 into their next generation printers. 
We have also seen great success with the 
1201 in its first full year having re-established 
ourselves in the Graphic Arts market. 

In December 2016 we announced additional 
investment in 3D Printing led by Professor Neil 
Hopkinson and during 2017 we strengthened 
our expertise in the area by adding a team in 
Copenhagen and opening our 3D centre of 
excellence in Nottingham. We have started 
to develop a 3D printer using High Speed 
Sintering (HSS) and successfully demonstrated 
this to a select group of potential customers 
and partners towards the end of the year. 
A relatively modest investment to date is 
generating an exciting business, potentially 
offering significant medium term returns 
to our shareholders.

In December 2017 we announced an 
agreement with Seiko Instruments Inc. (SII) to 
upgrade and replace their existing licence for 
JPY 2.98 billion (circa £20.0 million).

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Printing direct onto PET bottles using 
low migration LED-cured UV ink with the 
Xaar-enabled Direct Print powered by 
KHS system

 
4 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Who we are

LEADING THE DIGITAL INKJET REVOLUTION

We are a world leader in the development of digital inkjet technology. 
Our technology drives the conversion of analogue printing and 
manufacturing methods to digital inkjet which is more efficient, cheaper 
and more productive than the traditional methods it replaces. We design 
and manufacture printheads as well as systems for product decoration 
and industrial 3D Printing which use our inkjet technology. 

The markets we serve

Industrial 
The industrial markets we serve include 
Ceramics, Decor, Textiles, Advanced 
Manufacturing and industrial 3D Printing. 

Packaging
The Packaging sectors we serve include 
Coding and Marking, Primary Labels, 
and Direct-to-Shape printing. 

Graphic Arts
The Graphic Arts sectors we serve include 
Grand- and Wide-format graphics.

See page 8 to read about our markets =

EMEA

Revenue
£29.8m

Offices
5

Employees
514

Asia

Revenue
£50.9m

Offices
2

Employees
10

Where we operate

Americas

Revenue
£19.4m

Offices
2

Employees
79

Xaar regional locations

Authorised resellers 

5 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

What is digital inkjet?

Digital inkjet is an extremely versatile 
non-contact technology; it can be used to 
apply a wide range of fluids with precision 
accuracy to a range of different substrates. 
There are two key types of inkjet printing 
– Continuous Inkjet (CIJ: continuous 
flow of ink) and Drop-on-Demand (DOD: 
a drop of ink is only produced when it is 
needed). Xaar works with Drop-on-Demand 
inkjet technology.

DOD inkjet is divided into three classes – 
Valvejet, Thermal inkjet and Piezoelectric 
inkjet, and this last class is Xaar’s specialism. 
Piezoelectric inkjet technology uses 
piezoelectric material as a key active 
component within the inkjet printhead. 
Piezoelectric material exhibits a 
phenomenon called the piezo effect, in 
which, when a force is applied to certain 
materials, a charge (electricity) is produced. 

Another effect, which is called the reverse 
piezo effect, occurs when you apply 
electricity to the material. In this case 
the material moves. 

Piezoelectric printheads incorporate 
lead zirconate titanate (PZT), which is a 
manufactured piezoelectric material. All piezo 
printheads work in the same way. The PZT 
is deformed in order to fire an ink drop.

Xaar Piezoelectric printhead
The following series of diagrams illustrates how a standard piezoelectric Xaar printhead fires
ink drops. The Xaar 1003 printhead has two rows of 500 channels, with a nozzle in each channel.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Roof of the channels

Channel walls made of two layers 
of PZT, the top layer is poled in the 
opposite direction to the bottom row 

The diagram above shows the ink channels in a ‘neutral’ state. i.e. inactive and non-firing.

Nozzle

Nozzle plate

+

+

+

+

+

+

The diagrams above show what happens 
when a voltage is applied to the channel 
walls. As there are two layers of PZT which 
are poled in the opposite direction, when a 
voltage is applied, the PZT walls move in a 
chevron-shaped motion. As the walls move, 
acoustic waves are generated. 

The acoustic waves travel up and down 
the channel. When the waves meet in the 
middle of the channel, an ink drop is ejected. 
Firing nozzles are separated by two inactive 
non-firing channels. Firing is staggered 
across the printhead. 

Play video

What are the benefits of digital inkjet?

• Cost effective production with no limit 

• Printing onto irregular shapes is possible

• Avoids the complexities, cost and waste 

on the run length and no minimum order

associated with analogue printing

• Rapid order turnaround once the design 

• Mass customisation and variable data 

is agreed

• Very controlled fluid deposition. 

printing is easy

• Short print runs for limited editions 

job setup and changeover

or localised promotions

• Simple workflow with quick and easy 

 
6 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Our printhead portfolio

7 NEW PRODUCTS LAUNCHED IN PAST 24 MONTHS

For over 25 years we have developed leading-edge technologies 
which have enabled companies around the world to innovate as well 
as improve supply chain efficiencies. In order to broaden our portfolio 
and reduce our dependency on the Ceramics sector, we have 
launched seven new products over the last two years. 

3D 
Printing

Advanced 
Manufacturing Ceramics

Coding & 
Marking

Commercial 
Printing

Decor

Direct-
to-
Shape

Graphics 

Arts

Labelling

Packaging

Textiles

Product 

Printing

New 
products

Product

Xaar 1003 

Xaar 2001 / 
Xaar 2001+ 

Xaar 128

Xaar 501

Xaar 502 O

Xaar 502 S

Xaar 1201

Xaar 5501

Xaar 5601

Xaar 1003 AM

Xaar Ink Supply 
Systems

Key benefits

Ultimate versatility in ceramic tile 
decoration

High print quality with high 
productivity

Adaptable printhead with  
trouble-free integration

High production up-time and 
industrial reliability

Industrial reliability and mineral-oil 
free inks

Exceptional print quality for  
wide-format graphics

High print quality, highly versatile 
and easy to integrate

High print quality, cost-effective 
and easy to integrate

Delivering market-leading 
combination of total cost of 
ownership, print quality and 
usability

Highly accurate fluid deposition 
for manufacturing

Industrial fluid control solutions

Xaar Drive 
Electronics

Reduce Time-to-Market and rapid 
production ready solutions

New 

products

Product

Key benefits

Printing

Manufacturing Ceramics

Marking

Printing

Decor

Shape

3D 

Advanced 

Coding & 

Commercial 

Graphics 
Arts

Labelling

Packaging

Product 
Printing

Textiles

Direct-

to-

Xaar 1003 

Ultimate versatility in ceramic tile 

decoration

High print quality with high 

productivity

Adaptable printhead with  

trouble-free integration

High production up-time and 

industrial reliability

Xaar 2001 / 

Xaar 2001+ 

Xaar 128

Xaar 501

Xaar 5501

Xaar 5601

Xaar 502 O

Industrial reliability and mineral-oil 

free inks

Xaar 502 S

Exceptional print quality for  

wide-format graphics

Xaar 1201

High print quality, highly versatile 

and easy to integrate

High print quality, cost-effective 

and easy to integrate

Delivering market-leading 

combination of total cost of 

ownership, print quality and 

usability

Xaar 1003 AM

Highly accurate fluid deposition 

for manufacturing

Xaar Ink Supply 

Systems

Industrial fluid control solutions

Xaar Drive 

Electronics

Reduce Time-to-Market and rapid 

production ready solutions

7 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

We are delighted with the reports from tile manufacturers 
who have chosen the Xaar 2001+, particularly as many 
are utilising our unique High Laydown Technology. 
The decoration quality and special effects produced are 
unrivalled in the market, and present huge competitive 
advantages to tile manufacturers around the world. 

Gerard Winn, Senior Product Manager, Xaar 

 
8 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Our market environment

OUR MARKETS AND OPPORTUNITIES

Industrial 
The main sectors for Xaar within the Industrial market are:

Ceramic tile production
The creative design is the key feature 
which sells a tile. Today, the majority of the 
tile decoration market uses digital inkjet 
technology because, compared to traditional 
analogue techniques, it is superior in terms of 
image quality, is lower in cost, plus offers the 
advantages of flexibility, inventory reduction, 
and larger tile size capability. Whilst Xaar has 
an extensive install base in Ceramics as a result 
of gaining rapid market share when the market 
converted to digital several years ago, this 
is a mature market with strong competition. 
In 2017 Xaar launched HL Technology for 
the Xaar 2001+ and Xaar 1003 which has 
significantly improved suitability for special 
effects beyond competitive offerings.

Output m2
13.1bn m2  
Global production lines #
10,000 

Decorative laminates
Realistic wood finishes or creative design are 
the key features which sell the board/plank/
finished item. The digital quality that is now 
being demonstrated with Xaar printheads 
matches quality produced by the analogue 
process, thereby offering the opportunity 
for more economic short run work to be 
undertaken whilst reducing inventories and 
improving Time-to-Market. 

Output m2
7.8bn m2 
Global production lines #
1,600

Advanced Manufacturing (functional fluids)
Xaar’s focus is on functional fluid jetting because 
our inkjet technology offers an unrivalled method 
of non-contact, fluid deposition with incredible 
precision and control. Typically applications 
are challenging, pushing our technology to 
and beyond known limits in markets such 
as Flat Panel Display, Semiconductors and 
Optics. Through the work that we do we aim 
to develop these applications into commercial 
opportunities although this may take some 
years. However, there is increased interest in 
Xaar inkjet as a manufacturing technology and 
more than just a print technology.

43%
revenue 
share

28%
revenue 
share

Revenue by 
market %

Play video

13%
revenue 
share

Industrial 3D Printing
3D Printing is a manufacturing methodology 
that encompasses a range of processes and 
applications, with a common theme of building 
parts up, usually layer-upon-layer. This additive 
approach ultimately enables manufacturers 
to eliminate the need for tooling. There are 
significant advantages, including superior 
geometric freedom, giving designers much 
more capability, and a substantial reduction 
in lead time for products. In addition 3D 
Printing provides the facility to tailor unique 
products to consumers, enable de-centralised 
manufacturing and shrink spare part storage. 

Annual market growth rate %
23%  

16%
revenue 
share

 
9 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Packaging 
The main sectors for Xaar within the Packaging market are:

Coding and Marking
Coding and Marking is an application which 
relates to printing product identification 
codes such as batch numbers, use by dates 
and barcodes. Xaar’s technology is used 
to print barcodes and logos on outer case/
secondary packaging of consumer goods. 
This is an established and stable business, 
and competes with alternative technologies 
including print and apply, and thermal inkjet.

Primary label
Labels are used for many different applications, 
including product identification, name tags, 
warning and hazard identification, promotions 
and as decals for product decoration. So far 
only 13% of this market has converted to digital 
printing to date. The change driver is the delivery 
of lower cost per copy on run lengths up to 
100,000 impressions. There is a large range 
of substrates and inks in this application which 
adds complication to the conversion process.

Direct-to-Shape
Direct-to-Shape is a relatively new application 
where bottles and containers have the 
image printed directly onto their surface 
without the need for a label. The solution 
is aimed at shortening Time-to-Market whilst 
simultaneously reducing inventory and unit 
costs versus existing methods. This approach 
also enables mass-customised marketing 
and event targeting. 

Product Printing
Product Printing is the practice of printing onto all 
kinds of industrial objects, including promotional 
items, packaging, medical, automotive, 
apparel, appliances, sports equipment and 
toys. The product printing market is served by 
multiple print processes with inkjet as the fastest 
growing. Xaar company, EPS, manufactures 
and sells a range of highly customised inkjet 
systems using Xaar technology for this sector. 

Output m2
57bn m2

Currently converted  
to piezo inkjet %
6%

Play video

Play video

Play video

Graphic Arts 
The Graphic Arts sectors include  
Grand-and Wide-format graphics.

Grand- and Wide-format graphics
Grand- and Wide-format graphics (GWFG) 
includes both indoor and outdoor signage and 
advertising, including billboards, posters and 
point of sale advertising. It is the most mature 
industrial inkjet market, active for over 15 years. 
Xaar’s presence in this highly competitive 
market has been reinvigorated by the 
launch of the Xaar 1201 in 2016.

Textiles
The Textiles market covers Direct-to-Garment 
(DTG) flatbed printing, roll-to-roll scanning, printing 
speciality fabrics and single-pass printing for 
high productivity.
.
Textile Printing
Textile Printing using digital inkjet technology 
is growing fast due to rapid shifts in consumer 
expectations such as fast changing fashion 
seasons, and the requirement to reduce waste 
and pollution. This drives the need for new, 
digital printing processes which are capable of 
delivering short print runs quickly, economically 
and in a more environmentally friendly way. 
Digital inkjet is particularly suitable for large 
format roll-to-roll apparel and also for printing 
soft signage textiles using dye sublimation. 

Annual market growth rate %
17.5%
Read about Textiles in detail overleaf =

 
 
 
 
10 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Our market environment continued

FOCUS ON TEXTILES

Xaar’s printhead portfolio for Textiles addresses a significant portion 
of the sector: Low throughput requirements such as printing DTG, 
printing textile samples, printing speciality fabrics (polyurethane, 
nylon, rayon, acrylics and many more); and full production printing 
in a single-pass. 

Digital textiles inkjet printer market – aqueous inks

Roll-to-roll scanning
1. Soft signage/ 

banners/display 
graphics (WFG 
on textile 
substrate)
2. Home decor
3. Apparel/ 
sampling

1.8m wide printers 
e.g. Xuli X6-2030XS 
& Xuli X6-2000 DX

e
c
i
r
p
n
o
i
t
i
s
u
q
c
a

i

e
r
a
w
d
r
a
H

 DTG flatbed 
• T-shirts
• Pigment inks

Speciality fabrics 
and textiles e.g. 
polyurethane, nylon, 
rayon, acrylics and 
many more

Single pass fabric
Apparel – full production
Typically very large (1.8-3.2m 
wide) single-pass printers 
where high productivity and 
reliability are key 

3.2m wide printers

3.2m wide 
printers e.g. Xuli 
X6-32014XS

Xaar 5601 1200 npi 
native resolution, 
recirculating

Xaar 5501 1200 npi 
native resolution,  
non-recirculating

Xaar 1201 600 npi 
native resolution,
non-recirculating

Shading denotes main textile market applications.

1  https://www.smitherspira.com/news/2013/june/digital-printing-trends-market-analysis-to-2018.

Increasing printed output

Not to scale

 
 
11 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

MARKET TRENDS AND OUR RESPONSE

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Market trends

Digital
finishes

Our response

A survey in 2016 into print buyers’ preferences 
revealed they would be willing to pay a premium 
for printed effects and textures. In a bid to attract 
consumers and differentiate their products, 
more and more suppliers are choosing digital 
embellishment of their print, be it for packaging, 
decoration of building materials or general 
commercial print.

Xaar launched its HL Technology to partners working in a number of 
market sectors. For Ceramics, HL Technology is used to apply effects 
such as glosses and lustres, as well as adhesives, onto tiles once the tiles 
have been decorated digitally. In Packaging, HL Technology is ideal for 
applying textured embellishments on labels and folding cartons to enhance 
the appeal of the product, and in some cases to add braille script. For 
general commercial print, applications include applying raised effects to 
book covers to improve shelf appeal and to other printed items such as 
business cards.

A move to 
servicing an 
install base

In markets where analogue-to-digital conversion 
is well advanced, the focus shifts towards 
managing and servicing the installed base, 
ensuring customers get access to the spares 
and service they need and that they remain 
loyal to the brand.

Digital 
becomes 
mainstream

Open 
systems

OEM base 
expanding

As the analogue-to-digital conversion of a 
printing market gathers pace, there is a parallel 
drive to move from bespoke or customised 
printing solutions to standard, serially produced 
printers. This simplifies the work involved for 
printer suppliers to service a bigger installed 
base; in addition, the increased volume of 
standard machines leads to more attractive 
pricing, further driving digital adoption.

In markets where digital printing has become 
more mainstream and the interaction between 
consumables and printers is better understood, 
there is a drive on behalf of the users for open 
systems, whereby the use of a printer is not tied 
to a very specific set of consumables from the 
printer supplier. The introduction of competition 
into the supply of consumables creates more 
attractive pricing which only serves to improve 
the Return on Investment for digital printing.

As the uptake of digital printing has accelerated, 
the market has seen many new entrants looking 
to design new digital printers. While the digital 
printer sector has grown there is still a shortage 
of experienced engineering and design talent 
to support a fast Time-to-Market, which has a 
knock-on effect on how quickly Xaar printhead 
sales can grow.

Xaar recognised that the Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs) who 
had supplied many Xaar-based Ceramics printers in preceding years did 
not have the network to provide spare printheads and maintenance advice 
on printheads to their customers in a timely manner, particularly in regions 
more remote from their headquarters. To supplement OEM efforts, Xaar 
appointed a limited number of regional distributors whose sole focus is to 
hold printhead stocks closer to the point of actual demand and to advise 
end users on printhead maintenance and upgrades. The wider availability 
of printhead spares has reinforced Xaar’s position in the installed base.

EPS launched the XD-360o printer, its first serially produced digital printer, 
in September 2017. The XD-360o is designed to print onto straight-sided 
and tapered containers such as cups and bottles for promotional and 
other purposes. This printer exploits the ability of Xaar printheads to print 
on vertical objects, ensuring a very small printhead footprint while offering 
excellent throughput. 

Xaar works closely with many ink suppliers to ensure the materials 
compatibility of their inks with Xaar printheads. Another important area 
is the production of waveforms, which are the electrical signals used to 
drive the printheads and which need to be tuned to the specific nature 
of each ink to give optimum print performance. Until recently this has 
been a service provided exclusively by Xaar but in 2017 Xaar launched a 
waveform tool which enables qualified partners, such as ink companies 
and OEMs, to develop their own waveforms, opening up the use of an 
ever wider range of inks with Xaar printheads.

Xaar has enhanced its Go-to-Market capability with the creation of a new 
Application and Integration group of highly skilled inkjet engineers. The 
group’s role is to support OEMs to correctly integrate Xaar printheads into 
the OEM’s new printer designs. In addition, the Group will also advise on 
wider aspects of printer design.

 
12 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Our technology

 A WORLD OF 
OPPORTUNITIES

Our technology is used in a 
wide range of applications 
including ceramic tile decoration, 
coding, printing graphics for 
indoor and outdoor signage, 
labelling and packaging, as well 
as for Advanced Manufacturing 
and industrial applications 
such as Flat Panel Display, 
Semiconductors and Optics, 
and 3D Printing. 

Advanced Manufacturing

Ceramic Tile Decoration

Coding & Marking

Decorative Laminates

Direct-to-Shape

Graphics

3D Printing

Textiles

Label Printing

Packaging

Product Printing

13 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

HL Technology the culmination 
of three years of research

Nick Jackson, Senior Engineer, Advanced Applications, joined 
the Cambridgeshire-based company in 2008 after graduating 
from Clare College (Cambridge University) with a Natural Science 
degree the previous year. For the last three years at Xaar, Nick has 
been investigating the impact on printhead performance of different 
electrical signals. HL Technology was borne out of this work. 

Q. What is HL Technology used for?
A.  HL Technology prints very high levels of UV inks or high build 
varnish for tactile effects that enhance shelf appeal for a wide 
range of packaging and labels. Effects possible include tactile 
varnish, raised foil, warning triangles and braille. HL Technology 
also achieves extremely high laydown levels for effects on 
ceramic tiles after decoration, so that gloss, adhesive and 
metallics can be printed at high line speeds. 

Q. Why is HL Technology of interest to Xaar’s customers?
A.  In order to attract consumers and differentiate their products, 
more and more suppliers are choosing digital embellishments, 
be it for packaging, decoration of building materials or general 
commercial print since research confirms that consumers are 
willing to pay a premium for printed effects and textures.

This has been a very interesting 
research project for me, not 
least because the scope and 
potential impact of this new 
technology is significant. We 
see many applications for HL 
Technology and when combined 
with our Xaar 2001+ printhead, 
it can add unique value for 
our OEM customers.

Nick Jackson,
Senior Engineer
Advanced Applications, Xaar

 
14 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Our business model

CREATING VALUE FOR ALL STAKEHOLDERS

Our business model
Xaar sells its technology in component form (the printhead) to OEMs who produce and 
sell the complete digital printing solutions to the end market. Our full range of printheads 
are used in delivering solutions for numerous applications. We also actively partner 
and co-develop with fluid suppliers, hardware and software integrators, and substrate 
suppliers to deliver a robust and attractive total solution to the end user. In addition, 
for some applications – 3D Printing and Product Printing – we design and develop 
complete industrial printing machines which we sell to end users.

Our mission
Leading the digital inkjet revolution

Our vision
£220 million of annual sales by 2020

Xaar sells

Xaar sells direct to OEMs around the world 
through its global sales team. In some more 
mature Ceramics markets we also sell to 
regional distributors. Xaar’s highly skilled 
application engineers offer the highest level 
of technical support to assist OEMs in the 
successful design, build, commissioning, 
and ongoing maintenance of printing 
systems. Europe, Asia and North America 
are the primary locations of our current 
OEM partners.

Xaar also sells product printing equipment, 
services and consumables via EPS, 
and Xaar’s 3D Centre in Nottingham is 
responsible for selling Industrial 3D printers 
to OEMs and end users. 

Xaar markets

Xaar offers a wide range of industrial inkjet 
printheads and printhead systems which 
are designed and produced to meet the 
customer-driven requirements of a range 
of manufacturing applications. Primary 
markets include Graphic Arts, Textiles, 
Ceramics, Labels, Packaging, Coding and 
Marking, Product Printing, 3D Printing, 
Advanced Manufacturing and Decor. 

aar s e ll s

X

Our purpose
Transforming  
the world  
through print

Xaar d

e

s
i

g

n

s

s
e

X a a r   m a nufactur

X

a

a

r

m

arkets

Xaar designs

Xaar invests a substantial proportion 
of sales (18% in 2017) in Research and 
Development (R&D) to remain a world 
leader in inkjet technology. Xaar has more 
than 317 patents and patent applications 
and continues to add to its Intellectual 
Property (IP) portfolio. At 31 December 
2017 R&D staff totalled 113 representing 
19% of the total workforce. We have R&D 
facilities in Cambridge and Nottingham, 
UK and also Copenhagen, Denmark, 
Stockholm, Sweden and Vermont, USA. 
We also work with strategic partners to 
jointly develop some products. 

Xaar manufactures

Xaar manufactures its printheads in 
Huntingdon, UK. Xaar’s manufacturing is 
capital intensive; the Group has invested over 
£70 million (2016: £68 million) in assets and 
production facilities in Huntingdon since the 
plant opened in 2007. We export over 97% of 
our printheads to customers around the world.

EPS, a Xaar company, manufactures 
customised and bespoke printing solutions 
in Vermont, US. 

Xaar’s 3D Centre in Nottingham is responsible 
for manufacturing its industrial 3D printers.

 
15 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Our strategic pillars
In 2016 we defined four strategic pilIars which 
support our 2020 vision to grow annual sales 
to £220 million:

The value we create
We create value for all our stakeholders.

Ceramics

Product Printing & Packaging

Thin Film

Acquisitions & Partnerships

Customers (OEMs) and end users (our customers’ customers)
With Xaar technology, our customers and their customers are able to innovate in 
their manufacturing methods and their products as well as benefit from a shorter 
distribution chain; they can implement more precise and efficient processes, easily 
produce short batches, take products to market more quickly, improve productivity, 
reduce waste and unlock creativity. 

Shareholders 
A key goal at Xaar is to maximise the long term growth in value delivered to 
shareholders via sustained, long term growth in earnings per share. This is delivered 
through continued investment in R&D and producing a pipeline of new products 
which deliver a sustained return on capital employed. In 2017 we enhanced our 
commercial focus through investment in our Go-To-Market capabilities, specifically 
aimed at revenue growth. Shareholder value is also underpinned by a progressive 
dividend growth policy, which has seen the dividend paid to shareholders rise from 
4 pence per share in 2012 to a total dividend of 10.2 pence for 2017 (including the 
proposed final dividend for 2017).

Employees
Our success depends on the capability of our people. We want bright and driven 
people who share our values and passion for developing and manufacturing world 
leading technology. We aim to build long term relationships with all our employees 
by helping them grow and develop and by making Xaar a great place to work and 
a great company to be involved with. In order to continue to transform the Company, 
and to encourage our employees to transform their careers at Xaar, in 2017 we 
launched XCEL. This is a comprehensive collection of new and existing employee 
development modules and opportunities such as GATE, our three year programme 
for individuals identified by Talent Management for accelerated learning. 

Environment
Digital print methods are inherently more environmentally friendly than the analogue 
techniques we seek to replace. Research shows that, compared to analogue 
alternatives, digital has a huge impact in reducing energy consumption (by as much 
as 55%), water consumption (by up to 60%) and CO2 emissions (by up to 95%), 
but also in reducing pollution and waste materials. Xaar is committed to reducing its 
impact on the environment wherever possible. Our actuator technology consumes 
less energy than competitor alternatives and our industrial printheads can remain 
in use for many years. In addition, we use a continuous improvement methodology 
and we have adopted a manufacturing ethos of “reduce, reuse and recycle”. We are 
committed to adopting advanced manufacturing techniques in our own cleanrooms 
wherever possible. Some of these techniques reduce manufacturing waste and 
eliminate the need for tooling and parts.

 
16 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Our strategic pillars

DELIVERING ON OUR STRATEGY

Strategic pillar

Highlights

Progress

Ceramics 

Market sector in 2017
Largest

Technology announced
High Laydown 

Product Printing 
& Packaging 

Good progress in
3D Printing

Outperforming a fast 
growing market 
EPS growth

The Ceramics sector was our largest market in 
2017. We have a strong market share of the total 
installed base. Despite increased competition in 
this sector, we implemented a successful strategy 
for the Xaar 1003, with the focus on selling the 
upgrade opportunity for tile manufacturers with 
older Xaar printheads in order to benefit from 
improved performance and longer maintenance-free 
production run times. 

The Xaar 2001+, launched in 2016, was targeted 
at tile manufacturers looking for a completely new 
printer. Whilst the Xaar 2001+ has been slow to 
gain traction, we saw increased sales towards the 
end of the year once we were able to augment 
the Xaar 2001+ with HL Technology, which was 
announced mid-year at Ceramics China 2017.  
HL Technology combined with the Xaar 2001+ 
gives us competitive advantages for adding 
decorative effects such as glosses and lustres, 
as well as adhesives. 

See page 18 =

During 2017 we made good progress in 
3D Printing. At the end of 2016 we hired an 
experienced team of engineers in Copenhagen to 
complement the team in Nottingham. In March we 
officially opened the Xaar 3D Centre in Nottingham 
where guests included ABB, BAE Systems and 
Jaguar Land Rover. Towards the end of the year 
we demonstrated the first prototype of the Xaar 3D 
printer using HSS technology, developed by the 3D 
teams in Nottingham and Copenhagen and led by 
Professor Neil Hopkinson. Other progress included 
announcing collaborations with Materialise (to 
provide their market-leading 3D print software with 
Xaar’s additive manufacturing development kit) and 
with BASF, a world-leading chemical company (to 
improve the Photopolymer Jetting process which 
will enable manufacturers to produce 3D parts with 
enhanced properties at lower costs). 

EPS, which supplies customised and bespoke 
printing solutions, continued to grow during 2017, 
outperforming a fast growing market. Whilst EPS 
is predominantly operating in North America, we 
started our plan to expand its global reach by 
appointing COMEC Italia as European distributor  
for its digital product portfolio.

See page 19 =

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

17 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Strategic pillar

Highlights

Progress

Thin Film 

Xaar 1201 sale of units  
over a 2 year period
90,000

Commercialisation 
planned in 2018
Xaar 5601

Acquisitions 
& Partnerships 

Joint Development 
Agreement for some bulk 
piezo printheads
Xerox

Partnerships in 3D Printing
Materialise 
& BASF

2017 has seen us making good progress with our 
Thin Film portfolio, despite it being slower than 
expected. The Xaar 1201 printhead achieved 
substantial sales in the Graphic Arts sector and we 
signed a master distribution agreement for the sale 
of 90,000 units over a two year period. The supply 
constraints we experienced in the second half of the 
year were resolved and we expect additional capacity 
for the 1201 to come on stream later in 2018. 

Our 5601 Thin Film printhead passed several key 
milestones, including freezing the design. In November 
we showcased the 5601’s four colour print capabilities 
at the InPrint show where its exceptionally high 
resolution print quality attracted much interest. 
We sold a number of 5601 development kits 
to our key OEM partners to enable them to 
evaluate the printhead for their next generation of 
printers. The programme team is now focused on 
supporting full commercialisation of the product 
in 2018.

See pages 20 to 21 =

In 2017 we broadened our collaboration with 
partnerships in a number of key strategic areas.  

We have explored, and will keep exploring, 
acquisition opportunities in the Product Printing 
space and in other carefully selected target markets.

See page 34 =

 
18 
18 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Our strategic pillars in action

Ceramics

IMPROVING 
OUTPUT FOR 
CERLAT

Play video

Cerlat Production Manager, Jorge Albalat, 
is responsible for the running of Cerlat’s 
ceramic tile production lines and constantly 
looks at ways to maintain and improve 
production output and quality. The recent 
installation of a KERAjet 700 printer 
with Xaar 2001+ printheads has been 
a winning combination.

The company’s expertise is premium wall and 
floor tiles with stone, wood, marble and cement 
designs encompassing some beautiful special 
effects for added appeal to its worldwide 
customer base. Therefore achieving a high print 
quality whilst ensuring cost effective and reliable 
production is critical to Cerlat’s success. 

When Cerlat decided to install new machines, 
given the reliability of the KERAjet printers and 
Xaar printheads experienced over the years, 
without hesitation Jorge Albalat selected a 
KERAjet 700 machine with the new Xaar 
2001+ printheads. Installation was quick and 
since January 2017 has printed hundreds of 
thousands of tiles at a line speed of 30m/minute. 
“The Xaar 2001+ printheads have increased 
productivity dramatically,” says Jorge Albalat.

19 
19 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Product Printing & Packaging

XAAR 3D 

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

A key strand of Xaar’s 2020 vision is 3D Printing. In 2016 the Company appointed 
Prof. Neil Hopkinson as Director of 3D Printing with a remit to drive the newly 
formed 3D business. In December 2016 Xaar announced the opening of two 3D 
centres, in Nottingham, UK and Copenhagen, Denmark; Neil also built up his 
team to include a number of project managers and 3D engineering specialists. 

The 3D industry is moving from prototyping 
to production of end use parts, and creating 
substantially higher demand for scalable 
production and increasing mechanical 
performance of the parts made. Two of Xaar’s 
core technologies are particularly relevant to 
overcoming these challenges: 

• Xaar’s TF Technology has an advantage 
over competitor technology because it 
enables jetting of viscous fluids that have a 
high particle content, leading to improved 
part integrity and quality 

• Xaar’s HL Technology enables vastly 

increased throughput, satisfying industry’s 
demand for volume production in a way that 
competing products cannot achieve. 

Xaar’s 3D business is now split into 
two streams: 

• High Speed Sintering (where Xaar is 
developing complete industrial level 
3D printing machines) 

• The printhead business (where the 

Company assists OEMs looking to use 
Xaar technology to build 3D printers).

High Speed Sintering developments are 
largely continuing behind closed doors while 
in the printhead business, announcements 
included the collaboration with BASF to 
improve the Photopolymer Jetting process 
also known as Material Deposition. This 
collaboration will enable manufacturers to 
produce 3D parts with improved properties 
and lower costs than currently possible. 

 
20 
20 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Our strategic pillars in action continued

Thin Film

XAAR 5601 
UPDATE

The Xaar 5601 has been in development for seven years. With over £31 million invested 
in its research and development, getting customer feedback during the final stages of 
product development has been critical to ensuring a successful product launch. 

During 2017 a number of development 
milestones were passed, freezing the product 
design, allowing the start of the final product to 
be manufactured and a demonstration of four 
colour printing. Customer feedback on the print 
samples they received from Xaar was extremely 
positive. Good progress was also made on 
developing the ecosystem which surrounds the 
Xaar 5601, which includes the drive electronics 
and ink supply system which are necessary to 
ensure OEMs can properly evaluate and get the 
most out of the new technology in their printers.

Using Xaar’s new Thin Film Piezo Silicon MEMS 
technology, the Xaar 5601 is very high resolution 
with over 5,600 nozzles, capable of jetting up to 
eight litres of fluid per hour. 

New innovations such as AcuDrp Technology 
allow complete control over greyscale drop 
ejection for perfect image quality. 

The Xaar 5601 incorporates TF Technology to 
maximise production up time, print quality and 
lifetime. In addition, with the unique Z profile, 
multiple printheads can fit closely together for an 
exceptionally compact print zone, accurate drop 
placement between colours and reduced costs 
associated with accurate media control and 
positioning. This new printhead is optimised for 
aqueous inks and provides excellent suitability 
for other low viscosity fluids. Its small drop and 
outstanding performance make it ideal for a 
number of markets and Xaar’s initial focus will 
be on Textiles, Commercial print and Packaging. 

21 
21 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Thin Film

XAAR 1201 
UPDATE

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Xaar 1201 flexibility excites Graphic Arts and Textiles market.

The flexibility and productivity offered by the 
Xaar 1201 printhead sparked global interest in 
a high number of OEMs working in the Graphic 
Arts and Textiles sectors after it was launched 
in 2016. In particular, Xaar partnered with OEM 
Guangzhou Xucheng Electronic Technology to 
bring to market their Xaar 1201-based printers 
under their brands. 

In a further deepening of the relationship, in 
September 2017 Xaar appointed XuCheng’s 
subsidiary, Guangzhou HaoCheng International, 

as Xaar 1201 Master Distributor in Greater 
China. HaoCheng’s focus in 2017 and 2018 
is to support printer development and provide 
printhead supply deals to a wide network of 
distributors and OEMs launching their own 
Xaar 1201 printers.

Since then, we have seen the number of new 
Xaar 1201-based printers on the market rise 
quickly, and in 2018 we expect this trend 
to continue. 

 
22 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Chief Executive Officer’s report

CONSISTENT STRATEGY TAKING US FORWARD

We continue to drive towards our 2020 vision with 
a more diverse and balanced portfolio of products 
and businesses. 

Doug Edwards
Chief Executive Officer

January 
Xerox – signing 
of the Joint 
Development 
Agreement

March 
3D – official opening 
of the Xaar 3D Centre 
in Nottingham

June 
Master distribution 
agreement for the Xaar 1201 
signed for 90,000 heads 
over two years 

November 
InPrint 2017 – Xaar 5601’s 
four colour print capabilities and 
exceptionally high resolution 
print quality showcased

2017

2018

March 
Materialise – collaboration 
announced to provide 3D 
print software with Xaar’s 
additive development kit

June 
HL Technology – 
launched at Ceramics 
China show

November 
BASF collaboration 
announced to improve 
Photopolymer Jetting 
process

COMEC Italia – European 
distributor for EPS 
announced at InPrint 2017

23 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

I am pleased to report that our 
transformation journey is well underway 
and that new products launched in the last 
two years and the acquired EPS business 
accounted for nearly 80% of the Group’s 
total product revenue in 2017.

We are at different stages of commercialising 
seven new printhead products across a diverse 
range of markets and applications. We signed a 
90,000 unit master distribution agreement for our 
1201 printhead of which we have delivered circa 
13,000 units since June. The design of our 5601 
printhead was frozen in July and development 
kits shipped to eight major Textiles, Commercial 
and Package Printing partners. The first product 
of our partnership with Xerox, the 5501, achieved 
revenues of £3 million largely in digital printers 
for textile printing. In other areas of the business 
we saw a significant increase in revenues from 
printheads being used in the manufacture of flat 
panel displays and we are now working with 
more than a dozen OEMs. 

Our Product Printing business EPS, acquired 
in July 2016, continues to perform to plan with 
growing revenues from their digital products. 
We strengthened our European distribution 
channel for EPS through a partnership with 
COMEC Italia.

In March we opened our new 3D Centre in 
Nottingham and, along with the addition of a 
team based in Copenhagen, we continue to 
strengthen our position in 3D Printing. This was 
followed by our strategic partner announcements 
later in the year with Materialise and BASF. 
In November we demonstrated our first HSS 
prototype Xaar 3D printer to a number of 
potential partners. 

In December we announced that we had 
reached agreement with SII to upgrade and 
replace their existing licence agreement in 
exchange for JPY 2.98 billion (circa £20.0 million). 
We received the first tranche in December 
2017 and the balance was settled in Q1 2018. 
This is significant as it de-risks our future royalty 
revenue stream. 

We have made further progress in our 
transformation to a more customer-centric 
organisation, funding additional Go-To-Market 
resources through efficiency savings elsewhere 
in the organisation. The slower than anticipated 
growth in sales of our new products has 
necessitated this strengthening of our  
Go-To-Market resources.

Despite the success with our new indirect 
channels for the 1003 bulk printhead in the 
replacement market our Ceramics business 
remains under competitive pressure. The ramp 
up of our new 2001+ bulk printhead was slower 
than planned. However, we are now starting to 
see improved traction helped by the adoption of 
our HL Technology which was introduced in the 
middle of 2017. 

We continue to drive towards our 2020 vision 
with a more diverse and balanced portfolio 
of products and businesses. Progress made 
against each of the pillars that make up our 
2020 vision is described below.

Ceramics
Ceramics remained our largest market sector in 
2017 and we continue to retain a strong market 
share with a large proportion of the printer install 
base still using Xaar printheads. Increased 
competition has seen our market share and 
revenues from this sector fall. With the Ceramics 
market having now reached maturity and nearly 
all lines converted to digital, the majority of 
new printer sales are machine replacements 
or upgrades. 

In 2016 we launched two new products aimed 
largely at responding to the decline in our existing 
Ceramics products. The launch of the Xaar 1003 
printhead has been a success in addressing the 
existing printer install base. It offers the ability 
to upgrade existing machines by replacing the 
Xaar 1002 printheads with one offering improved 
performance and longer maintenance-free 
production run times. 

Sales of the 2001+ printhead, which was also 
launched in 2016, have gained traction slowly. 
Unlike the 1003 it is not backward compatible 
with existing machines and is therefore targeted 
solely at new machine installs. With the current 
level of market maturity and competition OEMs 
have been slow to invest in new designs and 
subsequently the 2001+ printhead has been slow 
to ramp up and unable to address the decline 
in Xaar’s market share of new installs. However, 
we saw increased sales in both Q4 2017 and 
early 2018 as we better demonstrated the value 
proposition of the printhead and leveraged the 
new HL Technology made available mid-year.

At the Ceramics China show in June we 
announced our Premier Partner programme 
and the release of our advanced HL Technology. 
HL Technology is used to apply effects, such 
as glosses and lustres, as well as adhesives, 
once the tiles have been digitally decorated.

Product Printing & Packaging
In 2016 we selected two areas to focus on; 
Product Printing and 3D Printing, and we 
continue to make good progress in both.

I am delighted to report the ongoing success of 
the EPS business acquired in July 2016 which 
has continued to grow, meeting our expectations. 
The ability of EPS to supply customised and 
bespoke printing solutions, which are both 
flexible and cost effective, to a wide variety of 
market sectors highlights the potential of digital 
inkjet in product printing. EPS has been able to 
outperform what is already a fast growing market 
and one that is still largely analogue. EPS remains 
predominantly based in North America, with 
a large growth potential. We plan on investing 
further in its North American operations and 
expanding its global reach. At InPrint 2017 
EPS announced COMEC Italia as its European 
distributor for its digital product portfolio. 

During 2017 we have made really exciting 
progress in 3D. At the end of 2016 we hired an 
experienced group of talented engineers working 
in Copenhagen, Denmark, to complement 
the skillset of the team already established in 
Nottingham. In March 2017 we announced 
a collaboration with Materialise to provide 
their market-leading 3D print software with 
Xaar’s additive manufacturing development 
kit. We then officially opened the Xaar 3D 
Centre in Nottingham, UK, an event attended 
by guests from a number of large international 
businesses including ABB, BAE Systems and 
Jaguar Land Rover. In November we announced 
a collaboration with BASF, a world-leading 
chemical company, to improve the Photopolymer 
Jetting process which will enable manufacturers 
to produce 3D parts with enhanced properties at 
lower costs. We then demonstrated, to a small 
select group of partners and potential customers, 
the first HSS prototype Xaar 3D printer 
designed in conjunction by the Copenhagen 
and Nottingham teams under the leadership 
of Professor Neil Hopkinson. 

The 5501, our first printhead from our 
collaboration with Xerox, has contributed 
meaningful revenues since it was announced in 
June 2017. The bulk piezo printhead has been 
added to our portfolio of aqueous printheads, 
complementing the existing Thin Film printheads 
the 1201 and the 5601. The 5501 has enabled 
us to address more of the Textiles market and, 
in combination with our increased Go-To-Market 
capabilities, has allowed us to achieve significant 
revenues in the second half of 2017.

 
24 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Chief Executive Officer’s report continued

Within the Coding and Marking sector the 
501 and 502 printheads have been adopted 
by major OEMs (Videojet, Engage, RN Mark 
& Domino) and sales of these are expected to 
grow further in 2018. Despite the adoption of the 
501 and 502 by these major OEMs the Coding 
and Marking sector has declined from its 2016 
position which was helped by one-off Last-Time-
Buy arrangements for products manufactured 
in Sweden.

The Product Printing and Packaging pillar has 
grown 24% adjusting for the impact of the one-
off Last-Time-Buy arrangements in 2016.

The first products from the Ricoh and Xerox 
partnerships have yielded significant sales in 
2017 and are expected to grow further in 2018. 
We strengthened our relationship with Xerox 
with the announcement of a Joint Development 
Agreement to develop the next generation 
of bulk piezo printheads. In 3D we have built 
partnerships with Materialise and BASF. EPS 
has partnered with COMEC Italia to establish 
a European Distribution channel. We collaborated 
with Meteor Inkjet to produce a development kit 
and commercial drive electronics for the 1201 
printhead that shortens OEMs’ Time-to-Market 
and optimises the printhead performance.

Thin Film
Good progress has been made in Thin Film 
in 2017 despite being slower than expected.

In the first half of the year we saw substantial 
sales of the 1201 printhead into the Graphic 
Arts sector and signed a master distribution 
agreement for the sale of 90,000 units over a two 
year period. Sales of the 1201 continued to grow 
in the second half of the year but were hampered 
by supply constraints that meant we were 
unable to fulfil all of the demand. These supply 
constraints have now been resolved, and with 
additional capacity coming on stream later 
in 2018 we expect to achieve further growth 
in sales of the 1201.

The development programme for our own Thin 
Film printhead technology passed several key 
milestones. Working with our manufacturing 
partner for the 5601 the design was frozen in 
July. Focus is now on ensuring supply chain 
reliability and improving our own manufacturing 
capability in order to ramp up production. 
At InPrint 2017 we showcased the 5601’s four 
colour print capabilities and its exceptionally 
high resolution print quality garnering much 
interest. We have sold a number of 5601 
development kits to our key OEM partners who 
now have, or will be, evaluating the printhead 
for their next generation of printers. Customer 
feedback has been very positive and we truly 
believe we have a printhead which will unlock the 
digital conversion of very large and established 
analogue industrial printing markets such as 
Textiles, Commercial Printing and Packaging.

Acquisitions and Partnerships
As already noted, we are delighted by the 
success of our first acquisition as part of the 
2020 vision, EPS. We continue to explore 
opportunities in the Product Printing space 
and target markets that support our vision.

Product and technology development
Building on the success of 2016 we have 
continued to deliver new products and 
technologies to the market. With seven new 
products launched in the last 24 months we 
have greatly diversified the portfolio we can 
offer to both new and existing customers.

Our development team has made significant 
progress on the 5601 allowing us to demonstrate 
the capabilities of the printhead and put it in the 
hands of our partners. The programme team is 
now focused on supporting full commercialisation 
of the product in 2018.

We continued our transformation from an 
internally focused product company to a market 
and customer lead business, redeploying 
resources from both operations and R&D to our 
Go-To-Market functions. As well as investing 
in our Sales and Marketing group we have 
established an Applications and Integration team 
to provide a new layer of technical support to 
help our customers shorten their development 
time and Time-to-Market. This strategy has 
already allowed us to achieve significant 
revenue from some of our new products.

People
As part of our transformation strategy we have 
invested significantly in our people in order to 
develop a customer focused mind-set and 
enhance leadership, change management and 
resilience skills. During 2017 we launched a suite 
of Learning and Development programmes, 
collectively called XCEL. This includes a world 
class programme called Inspired Leaders which 
was rolled out to managers across the Company, 
and will be extended to the rest of the workforce 
in 2018. Inspired Leaders targets the most 
critical skills needed to transform a workforce’s 
mindset and skill set. XCEL also includes a three 
year programme for High Potential Development 

called GATE which combines hands-on 
instruction from Senior Executives, a suite of self-
assessment tools, group interaction and project 
work in the most business critical areas within 
Xaar. We have also implemented Continuous 
Improvement activities and Six Sigma training 
across the Company to remove non-value add 
activities, streamline processes, and enhance our 
ability to partner with our customers effectively.

I would like to thank all of our staff for their 
efforts during 2017; we have had to overcome 
a number of challenges in the year but have 
taken some important steps forward in 
achieving our vision.

Summary and outlook
We are making good progress in transforming 
Xaar into a more diversified and customer 
centric Company. Challenges still remain in 
our legacy business as Ceramics matures and 
the speed of transition to alternative printhead 
technologies, such as Thin Film, gain traction. 
We are well positioned with a more balanced and 
diverse portfolio of growing new products and 
businesses. I am particularly pleased that 80% of 
our product revenues now come from the seven 
new printhead products and two new businesses 
we have added in the last 24 months and that 
excluding Ceramics they have grown 23% in the 
year. This trend is set to continue with investment 
in these exciting growth areas.

We remain focused on the long term opportunity, 
the conversion of well-established analogue 
manufacturing techniques to digital inkjet 
solutions and the delivery of our 2020 vision. 

Doug Edwards
Chief Executive Officer

21 March 2018

25 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Key performance indicators

MONITORING OUR PROGRESS

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Revenue by sector £m

Revenue by region £m

2017

2016

2015

42.6

28.3

12.8

16.4

2017

29.8

50.9

19.4

46.0

29.0

7.9

13.3

62.2

15.5

9.6 6.2

 Industrial
 Packaging
 Graphic Arts
 Royalties

2016

2015

41.7

36.4

18.1

47.1

39.9 6.5

 EMEA
 Asia
 Americas

Declining Ceramics revenue in the Industrial sector has been  
offset by growth in Graphic Arts and increased Royalties.

In Asia growth is driven by new products going into the Graphics 
Arts and Textiles markets and stronger sales from the Ceramics 
sector. Growth in the Americas is driven by the EPS acquisition. 
EMEA continues to decline as Ceramics market share reduces.

Gross margin %
47.0%

Gross R&D investment £m
£18.1m

Adjusted operating margin %
18.0%

2017

2016

2015

47.0

2017

46.4

2016

47.8

2015

18.1

2017

22.4

2016

18.0

19.8

19.9

2015

21.8

Gross margins have been helped by increased 
Licensee Royalties.

Adjusted operating margin has decreased 
as general overhead costs have increased.

Gross R&D investment is defined as net 
capitalisation/amortisation of development 
costs relating to the Thin Film and 3D 
programmes.

Gross R&D spend has decreased as new 
products are delivered to market and resources 
are made available to strengthen Go-To-Market 
activities.

Adjusted profit before tax £m
£18.0m

Profit before tax £m
£12.3m

Net cash balance £m
£44.7m

2017

2016

2015

18.0

2017

12.3

2017

19.5

2016

17.9

2016

44.7

49.3

20.8

2015

13.6

2015

69.7

Adjusted profit before tax is taken from 
note 4 in the financial statements.

Profit before tax has decreased largely due to 
increased overhead and restructuring costs.

The rise in overheads relates to increased 
share-based payment charges and the removal 
of a one off foreign exchange benefit in 2016 
due the Brexit referendum.

Despite increases in working capital 
we maintain a strong net cash balance 
which positions us well to fund future 
investment opportunities. 

 
26 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Chief Financial Officer’s report

DIVERSIFIED REVENUE AND REDUCED CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

The Group maintains a strong financial position, 
which allows us to fund growth opportunities. 

Lily Liu
Chief Financial Officer 
and Company Secretary 

Summary of financials

Revenue £m
Gross margin %
Gross research and development expenses £m
Adjusted operating margin %
Operating margin %
Adjusted profit before tax £m
Profit before tax £m
Adjusted diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Net cash and treasury deposit balance £m
Net cash flow £m

2017

2016

2015

£100.1m
47.0%
£18.1m
18.0%
12.1%
£18.0m
£12.3m
20.7p
14.0p
£44.7m
(£4.6m)

£96.2m
46.4%
£22.4m
19.8%
18.1%
£19.5m
£17.9m
21.2p
18.9p
£49.3m
(£20.4m)

£93.5m
47.8%
£19.9m
21.8%
14.1%
£20.8m
£13.6m
24.5p
16.1p
£69.7m
£22.7m

Adjusted measures exclude items from the IFRS operating profit and profit before tax, such as restructuring and acquisition expenses, share-based payment charges, exchange differences on  
intra-group transactions and research and development expenditure credits, per the reconciliation of adjusted financial measures on page 103. Net cash includes cash and cash equivalents, 
and treasury deposits.

 
27 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Through product portfolio diversification 
and a re-balancing of our global presence, 
we note progress in revenue quality 
underpinned through our continued 
transformation. The Group maintains its 
strong financial position, enabling a flexible 
response for growth opportunities. 

Revenue
The Group achieved total revenue 
for the year of £100.1 million (2016: 
£96.2 million) representing a 4% increase. 
Whilst disappointed by the slower-than-
anticipated revenue growth in the second 
half of the year, I am pleased to report a 23% 
product revenue growth excluding Ceramics. 

In December 2017 we announced that we 
reached an agreement with SII to upgrade 
their current licence arrangement and replace 
its future royalty obligations in exchange for 
a total cash consideration of JPY2.98 billion 
(circa £20.0 million). This agreement 
substantially de-risks our future royalty stream. 
The 2017 royalty revenue includes £10.0 million 
derived from the one-off SII licence upgrade 
and replacement agreement. Total Licensee 
Royalties in 2017 were £16.4 million 
(2016: £13.3 million)

Sales into Graphic Arts grew by 62% reaching 
£12.8m for 2017 (2016: £7.9 million) and 
accounted for 13% of the total revenue for the 
year. The significant growth in this sector was 
driven by the success of the 1201 printhead 
by way of our master distribution agreement 
in China. In November 2017 we reported that 
there was a supply constraint that hampered 
delivery and restricted sales. These constraints 
have now been addressed and we expect 
further growth in 2018.

Our Industrial sector no longer includes 
revenues from the acquired EPS business as 
they have been reclassified to the Packaging 
and Product Printing sector. Industrial continues 
to be the largest sector for Xaar’s technology, 
representing 43% of Group revenue in 2017 
at £42.7 million, compared to 48% in 2016 
(£45.9 million) on a like for like basis. 

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

The largest revenue contributor in Industrial 
continues to be ceramic tile decoration. 
The Ceramics sector has now reached maturity 
with nearly all lines now converted to digital; 
revenue was £33.7 million in 2017 a decline 
from £42.3 million in 2016. The replacement 
market for printers and printheads has become 
key and intensity of competition in the sector 
has continued to drive down prices. The 1003 
printhead has been successful and allowed 
the business to retain its prominent position 
in the replacement market for printheads. 
However, adoption of the 2001+ printhead 
has been slower than anticipated and the 
business has lost share in new printer installs. 
The Ceramics sector has fallen 20% since 
2016 and now represents just over one third 
of total revenues.

There has been significant level of growth 
in nearly all other industrial sub-sectors. 
We are excited about the 83% increase in 
the combined Advanced Manufacturing and 
3D Printing sectors. This has been driven 
by a shift in manufacturing processes for flat 
panel displays and also our leading-edge 
technologies for 3D Printing. We are equally 
encouraged about our first revenues of 
£3.9 million from the Textiles sector, a new 
market for us, driven by new products 
within our portfolio. 

The Packaging and Product Printing sector has 
declined slightly by 3% and at £28.3m now 
represents 28% of the Group's total revenue 
(2016: £29.0 million, 30%). As mentioned 
above, we re-classified the EPS business into 
this sector. EPS grew by 109% thanks to a 
full-year contribution and continued growth in 
the business. Decline in sales into Coding and 
Marking of 53% was a combination of one-off 
Last-Time-Buy arrangements in 2016 for 
products previously manufactured in Sweden, 
and slower adoption of the next generation 
of products. 

As a supplier of technology to OEM partners, 
our geographic sales split reflects where our 
OEMs are located, which is not necessarily 
the end-user location.

In 2017 Asia overtook Europe, Middle East 
and Africa (EMEA) as the Company’s largest 
sales region. Sales into Asia accounted for 
£50.9 million (2016: £36.4 million) of sales, 
representing 51% of the Group’s revenue. 

Product sales i.e. excluding Licensee Royalties 
grew 49% largely due to the take up of new 
products going into Graphic Arts and Textiles. 
In Ceramics we have reversed the trend of 
decline in China with increased sales of both 
the 1003 and 2001+ printheads.

Sales into EMEA have fallen 28% with 
EMEA accounting for £29.8 million (2016: 
£41.7 million) of the Group’s total sales. 
This reduction is mainly due to the result of 
falling sales to European Ceramics OEMs. 

The Americas, with a total revenue of 
£19.4 million (2016: £18.1 million), grew 7%. 
Much of the growth in the Americas comes 
from the full year contribution of EPS; this 
growth was restricted by the decline in sales 
into Coding and Marking, driven by the one-off 
Last-Time-Buy arrangement in 2016. 

Profitability
We reported an overall adjusted operating 
margin in 2017 of 18% (2016: 20%). This 
decline in profitability is due to a combination 
of factors. The removal of a one-off foreign 
exchange benefit in 2016 due to the Brexit 
referendum; a significant reduction of the 
Thin Film capitalisation from 2016 (£10.2 
million) to 2017 (£4.9 million net capitalisation/
amortisation) which was partially offset by a 
reduction in gross R&D spend; and increased 
royalties. 

Gross profit margins increased from 46.4% in 
2016 to 47.0% in 2017, helped by increased 
Licensee Royalties of £3.1 million. Gross profit 
margins excluding royalties fell from 37.8% 
to 36.6%. The reduction reflects increased 
price pressures in Ceramics, lower utilisation 
of the factory, higher costs on new products 
as sales volumes increased more slowly than 
anticipated, and the dilutive effect on the gross 
profit margin of the increased contribution of 
sales from products sourced from our partners. 

Gross expenditure on R&D (before expense 
capitalisation/amortisation) decreased by 
19% from £22.4 million in 2016 to £18.1 
million in 2017 as a number of new products 
were delivered to market and resources are 
made available to support Go-To-Market 
activities. The first products from the Thin Film 
programme were made available in H2, and as 
required under International Financial Reporting 

 
28 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Chief Financial Officer’s report continued

Standards (specifically IAS 38) amortisation 
of the programme commenced. In addition to 
the capitalisation of the Thin Film programme, 
£0.9 million was capitalised relating to the 
development of a new 3D Printer technology 
platform. This 3D printer technology was 
successfully demonstrated to selected potential 
customers and partners in late 2017. The net 
R&D spend for 2017 increased from £12.2 million 
in 2016 to £12.3 million.

Sales, marketing and general administrative costs 
increased to £16.9 million (2016: £13.4 million) 
on an adjusted basis, due to foreign exchange 
trading losses (2017: £0.6 million loss, 2016: 
£1.9 million gain) and a full year of EPS’ costs. 

Adjusted profit before tax of £18.0 million 
was recorded for 2017 (2016: £19.5 million). 
Underlying adjusted profit before tax (excluding 
the benefit of one-off SII royalties and foreign 
exchange trading losses) was £9.0 million, 
in line with revised expectations. Profit before 
tax as reported under IFRS was £12.3 million 
(2016: £17.9 million).

The tax charge on adjusted profit before tax was 
£1.9 million (2016: £2.9 million), representing 
an effective tax rate of 10% (2016: 15%) 
which compares favourably to the blended 
UK corporation tax rate for 2017 of 19.25%. 
The effective rate is low as Xaar benefits 
from intellectual property and our continued 
investment in R&D. 

The tax charge on IFRS profit before tax was 
£1.4 million (2016: £3.1 million) representing 
an effective tax rate of 11% (2016:17%). 

Effective from 1 January 2018 the US corporate 
income tax rate reduced from 35% to 21%. 
We do not expect this to significantly affect 
the Group's tax rate in the short term.

Adjusted profit after tax for 2017 was 
£16.1 million (2016: £16.6 million) and adjusted 
diluted earnings per share was 20.7 pence 
(2016: 21.2 pence).

Financial position
The Group maintains a strong financial position, 
which allows us to fund growth opportunities. 

2017 was marked as a year for the business to 
start reducing its capital expenditure, as we move 
away from a vertically-integrated development 
and manufacturing model to working more 
closely with our strategic partners. We saw 
a reduction in our capital expenditure in the year 
of £5.3 million (or 49%) and a reduction in our 
capitalised development expenditure in the year 
of £3.8 million (or 36%).

We recorded £44.7 million of cash and treasury 
deposits at 31 December 2017, a decrease 
of £4.6 million compared to balances held 
at 31 December 2016, but an increase of 
£6.4 million from 30 June 2017. 

Operating cash inflow, being adjusted profit 
before tax after adding back depreciation 
and amortisation, was £27.3 million (2016: 
£28.1 million). The change in working capital 
during the year represented a net cash outflow 
of £12.9 million. Receivables increased 
£9.2 million reflecting the phasing of revenue 
in the year, the establishment of terms with 
new customers, and extended credit terms 
for customers driving the adoption of our new 
products. Inventory increased £5.1 million as 
we ramped up production of new products and 
as sales of these new products give rise to an 
increasingly complex supply chain. This working 
capital impact was however offset by a significant 
reduction in fixed capital expenditure for the 
Group. Total cash outflow relating to intangible 
and tangible assets was £12.0 million in the year, 
including £6.5 million of capitalised development 
expenditure. Dividends accounted for £7.7 million 
of all cash outflows.

Intangibles 
Intangible assets were reported at £32.7 million 
at 31 December 2017 (£27.4 million at 
31 December 2016). These assets are largely 
associated with the Thin Film development 
project which was capitalised over the last four 
years. Amortisation of this project started in 
August 2017 after the design was frozen and 
development kits were made available for sale. 
We will amortise this technology platform over 
a 20 year period. In addition, £0.9 million was 
capitalised relating to the development of a new 
3D Printer technology platform.

Treasury and currency management 
As we continue to explore further acquisition 
opportunities, we carefully manage our cash 
and its corresponding liquidity profile.

With a more diversified business model as well 
as sourcing from strategic partners across the 
globe, the Group has increased exposure to 
foreign exchange risk, in particular to the US 
Dollar. As much as possible, we match our billing 
currencies to our settlement currency to achieve 
a natural hedge.

Dividend
As announced in 2014, the Company employs 
a progressive and sustainable dividend policy 
which takes into account the Group’s future 
prospects, its underlying profitability and the 
future cash requirements of the business. 
The Board will recommend a final dividend 
of 6.8 pence for 2017 (2016: 6.7 pence) at 
the forthcoming Annual General Meeting 
(AGM), giving a total dividend for the year 
of 10.2 pence, a 2% increase over 2016 
(10.0 pence). An interim dividend of 3.4 pence 
was paid during the year (2016: 3.3 pence). 
Subject to approval by shareholders at 
the AGM the final dividend will be paid on 
29 June 2018, with an ex-dividend date of 
31 May 2018, to shareholders on the register 
at close of business on 1 June 2018.

Lily Liu 
Chief Financial Officer and 
Company Secretary 

21 March 2018

29 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Risk management

PRUDENT RISK MANAGEMENT

In compliance with provision C.2.1 of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code, the 
Board regularly reviews the effectiveness 
of the Group’s system of internal control. 
The Board’s monitoring covers all controls, 
including financial, operational and compliance 
controls and risk management systems. It is 
based principally on reviewing reports from 
management to consider whether significant 
risks are identified, evaluated, managed 
and controlled and whether any significant 
weaknesses are promptly remedied and 
indicate a need for more extensive monitoring. 
The Board has also performed a specific 
assessment for the purpose of this Annual 
Report. This assessment considers all 
significant aspects of internal control arising 
during the period covered by the report.  
The Audit Committee assists the Board  
in discharging its review responsibilities.

In 2016 we launched a number of new 
products, including the Xaar 5601 from 
our major Thin Film development, and the 
Xaar 1201 from our partnership with Ricoh. 
We also launched the Xaar 2001+ family of 
bulk printheads for Ceramics. These product 
launches position us well for the future, but they 
also create more risk around the reliance on 
those new products delivering growth, and this 
has been reflected in the table of principal risks 
and uncertainties.

Following our strategic review in 2015 we 
identified Partnerships and Acquisitions as 
an essential element of our vision of £220 
million of annual sales by 2020, and in 2016 
we completed our first acquisition as part 
of the 2020 vision, as well as securing two 
important partnerships; with Ricoh and Xerox. 
Risks around M&A has been added to the 
table of principal risks and uncertainties as a 
consequence of our renewed external focus.

Effective risk management is key to 
our success against the dynamics of 
the industry that we operate in and the 
characteristics of our chosen business 
model. The printing industry in which 
we operate is, in general, declining in 
terms of total output, tends to be capital 
intensive, is slow to react to change 
and is resistant to the adoption of new 
technology. Product lifecycles tend to be 
long. Our business model is reliant on 
us first driving the conversion of well-
established processes to our technology, 
then maintaining our market position to 
maximise sales through both the initial 
conversion and replacement cycles in 
order to generate profits to enable us 
to invest in new technology and open  
up new applications.

The first approach to managing these risks 
is to have high quality individuals within the 
necessary functions that these risks tend to fall 
into. Other examples of the effective day to day 
management of these risks include operating 
multi-functional teams to share knowledge 
across the business, having regular stage 
gates in the management of development 
programmes, and the regular assessment of 
manufacturing capacity against future potential 
needs. In addition to day to day processes 
the Group’s risk register is formally reviewed 
twice per year at senior management and 
Board level, including the assessment of the 
performance of risk management during the 
preceding period. 

The Board has applied principle C.2 of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code by establishing a 
continuous process for identifying, evaluating, 
and managing the significant risks the Group 
faces which has operated throughout the 
year and up to the date of this report. Such 
a system is designed to manage rather than 
eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives and can only provide reasonable 
and not absolute assurance with respect to 
the preparation of financial information and 
the safeguarding of assets against material 
misstatement or loss.

Key risk areas

The risks around our existing 
business are set out in more detail on 
pages 30 to 33, but the key risk areas 
can be identified as being associated 
with the following:

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Competition
Maximising returns over the long 
term in the target application through 
early adoption to achieve a market 
leading position and then retention 
of that position. 

Identification of market requirements
Successfully developing products 
with the characteristics that meet 
market requirements within the 
necessary timescale. 

Commercialising and maintaining 
products with cutting edge technology
Creating value by generating 
innovative products  

Merger and acquisition opportunities
Seek opportunities to expand, create 
synergies and generate greater 
shareholder value.

Organisational capability
Having the right people in the right roles.

Brexit
Tracking the potential impact of the 
UK Government's negotiations.

Manufacturing facility
Diversifying products, locations and 
manufacturing partners to alleviate 
operational issues.

Exchange rates
Monitoring global economic events 
and mitigating any resulting significant 
exchange rate impacts.

Partnerships
Working with the right companies, at the 
right time on the right terms to deliver 
long term value.

 
30 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Risk management continued

A reminder of our strategic pillars

1

Ceramics

Product Printing & Packaging

3

Thin Film

4

Acquisitions & Partnerships

Principal risk  
and uncertainty

1. 
Competition

2. 
Failure to 
identify market 
requirements

Link to 
strategic 
pillars

Impact

Mitigation

Likelihood Magnitude

Change 
on 
2016

1

3

1

3

We compete on the basis of our 
technology, innovation, price, quality, 
reliability, brand, reputation and 
customer relationships.

Failure to continually improve in these 
areas may mean that we lose market 
share or have to reduce prices. Since 
there are fixed factory costs reductions 
in sales volumes may substantially 
lower profit margins.

We are the only true independent 
printhead company in the world 
and we are competing with 
vertically integrated large scale 
multi national companies.

Products need to meet the changing 
demands of the market, including 
regulatory changes. 

Failure to meet future market 
requirements/specifications could 
impact on long term revenue 
and profit.

Probable

High

Possible

High

Competitive pricing policies are 
employed and product portfolios 
and pricing are constantly monitored 
against competitors. Our recent 
strengthening of our Go-To-Market 
capabilities allows us to focus 
more on our customers and also 
increase our ability to monitor 
competitor activity. 

Manufacturing cost reduction 
programmes are established 
to ensure that products remain 
competitive.

Information from customers, 
partners, market reports and other 
sources are collected, consolidated 
and reviewed to improve forecasting.

Through selected partnership 
agreements we have extended our 
product range and expanded our 
market access.

Regular, specific and detailed 
reviews are held to assess 
current and anticipated market 
requirements, including expected 
regulatory changes. These reviews 
include input from customers and 
other external sources. 

Product developments are selected 
on appropriate criteria. Product 
development activity is properly 
managed with regular reviews of 
progress against project plans, 
and gated milestone reviews. 

Appropriate resource is applied to 
product development activity. We 
have a rigorous product lifecycle 
management process which 
ensures we focus on our customers.

31 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

A reminder of our strategic pillars

1

Ceramics

Product Printing & Packaging

3

Thin Film

4

Acquisitions & Partnerships

Link to 
strategic 
pillars

Impact

Mitigation

Likelihood Magnitude

Change 
on 
2016

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Principal risk  
and uncertainty

3. 
Commercialising 
and maintaining 
products with 
cutting edge 
technology

1

3

We aim to produce quality end 
products. Failure to meet the required 
quality standards could impact on 
products that have been sold or 
that are held in inventory.

This could lead to:

• unexpected costs associated with 

resolving the issues

• possible warranty costs, customer 
compensation or write-down in 
inventory values

• potentially longer term revenue loss 
if customers move to competitors 
and damage of reputation 

We operate in an increasingly 
dynamic and changing environment. 
To counter the risks associated with 
this and, most importantly, to exploit 
the opportunities it presents, we 
must embrace innovation, protect our 
Intellectual Property and capitalise on 
technology advancements to ensure 
we maintain our market position.

One of our goals is to increase growth 
both organically and by acquisition.

There are many risks and 
opportunities arising from external 
acquisitions. Planning, implementation 
and management of changes are 
essential and failure to get this right 
could lead to lost synergies and 
increased costs.

Standard operating procedures 
are in place for the manufacture 
of all products. 

The quality of supplies is constantly 
monitored. Quality performance 
is regularly reviewed by senior 
management who apply appropriate 
resources to systematically address 
recurrent problems. New products 
are thoroughly tested before launch.

Xaar’s manufacturing facilities are 
ISO 9001 accredited. Customer 
returns are reviewed quickly 
using a consistent and thorough 
investigation process.

We have continued to focus on 
innovation. This is evidenced by our 
continued focus on R&D spend and 
the number of new products that we 
are now bringing to market.

We have robust due diligence 
procedures and plan for integration 
of the target as part of the due 
diligence process.

At each stage of any acquisition 
process we undertake a thorough 
review with the Board. 

Possible

Medium

Possible

Medium

4. 
Merger and 
acquisition 
opportunities

4

 
32 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Risk management continued

A reminder of our strategic pillars

1

Ceramics

Product Printing & Packaging

3

Thin Film

4

Acquisitions & Partnerships

Principal risk  
and uncertainty

5.
Organisational 
capability

6. 
Brexit

Link to 
strategic 
pillars

Impact

Mitigation

Likelihood Magnitude

Change 
on 
2016

Our focus is to minimise the 
voluntary turnover of employees, 
through better hiring for fit, improved 
induction procedures and employee 
engagement initiatives.

Xaar has a talent fast track 
programme in place to retain and 
progress key talent at all levels.

During 2017 a suite of Learning and 
Development courses (XCEL) has 
been rolled out across the Company 
to ensure key skills are maintained 
and enhanced.

There are also regular departmental 
reviews for succession planning.

We are actively monitoring the 
UK Government’s position on the 
various matters for negotiation and 
the potential impact these may 
have on Xaar.

Possible

Medium

Possible

Medium

1

3

4

1

3

4

Our people remain key to our business. 
Ensuring the right people are in the right 
roles is critical to our future success and 
growth. We need to attract and retain 
the right talent to enable achievement 
of our strategic aims. Failure to do this 
risks our delivery and growth as follows:

• lack of staff to meet a specific 
business need or contract 
requirement

• loss of project specialisms
• single point of failure 
• loss of key skills.

The United Kingdom’s decision to 
leave the European Union presents 
both risk and opportunities to 
the Company. There is currently 
a prolonged period of uncertainty 
concerning EU workers, migration 
and trade.

Some of our current workforce have 
migrated from other countries in the 
EU and the continued recruitment 
of world class talent is critical to 
our success in a technical and  
specialised industry.

Another challenge continues to be 
free trade into the EU. Around one 
third of our customers are located 
in EU countries and so any actual 
or perceived barriers to free trade 
are an obvious area of concern.

33 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

A reminder of our strategic pillars

1

Ceramics

Product Printing & Packaging

3

Thin Film

4

Acquisitions & Partnerships

Principal risk  
and uncertainty

7.
Loss of 
manufacturing 
facility

8.
Volatility in 
exchange rates

9.
Partnerships

Link to 
strategic 
pillars

Impact

1

3

1

3

4

3

4

We have one manufacturing facility 
in Huntingdon; and we rely on our 
strategic partners for key products and 
for key components for 1201, 5501 
and 5601. 

If our manufacturing site or our 
partners’ manufacturing sites were to 
experience an incident this could have 
operational and supply chain issues for 
the business.

Global economic events and 
uncertainty may cause currencies 
to fluctuate and currency volatility 
contributes to variations in our 
sales of products and services in 
impacted jurisdictions.

The risk is that there could be significant 
adverse movements in currencies 
which cause a foreign exchange loss, 
reducing profit.

Companies with whom we have 
alliances in certain areas (i.e. 
manufacturing/research) may already 
be or may become our competitors 
in other areas. In addition, companies 
with whom we have partnerships may 
also acquire or form alliances with our 
competitors, which could reduce their 
business with us. If we are unable to 
effectively manage these complicated 
relationships with alliance partners, 
our business and results of operations 
could be adversely affected.

Mitigation

Likelihood Magnitude

Formal disaster recovery plans are 
maintained and reviewed. 

Remote

High

Change 
on 
2016

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

We are also able to use 
manufacturing partners to alleviate 
some operational issues. 

The Group’s risk is spread by 
diversification in products and 
locations. Insurance coverage 
is regularly reviewed.

There is a partial natural hedge 
for foreign currency movements.

Possible

Medium

Our treasury policy allows us 
to hedge.

Cash flows are constantly reviewed 
and action is taken when appropriate.

During 2016 a new role (Director of 
IP) was introduced. Part of the role 
focuses on the extensive review of 
legal agreements and in particular 
IP with such partners. Maintaining 
healthy partnerships is a key part of 
the role of our Chief Technical Officer. 

Partnerships are constantly reviewed 
both internally and with those 
partners at the most senior level.

Possible

High

 
34 
34 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Our strategic pillars in action

Acquisitions & Partnerships

PARTNERSHIP 
PROGRESS

During 2017 we made good progress with developing some 
key partnerships to help progress our 2020 vision.

We announced a Joint Development Agreement 
with Xerox to develop the next generation 
of industrial bulk piezo printheads, with the 
Xaar 5501 announced as the first from this 
collaboration. In 3D we have built partnerships 
with Materialise (to include their market-leading 
3D software with our 3D printer development 
kits), and BASF. We are working with BASF 
to improve the Photopolymer Jetting process 
which will enable manufacturers to produce 
3D parts with improved properties and lower 
costs than currently possible.

In addition, we confirmed our collaboration with 
Meteor Inkjet to produce a development kit 
and commercial drive electronics for the Xaar 
1201 printhead that shortens OEMs’ Time-To-
Market as well as ensures the best printhead 
performance possible. In November we signed 
a partnership agreement with COMEC Italia who 
will establish a European Distribution channel for 
EPS’s digital products.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

35 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Sustainable and responsible business

DEVELOPING A SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS

 The Imagineering Club has been very well 
received in the school and the children 
love attending it! We really appreciate 
the time Xaar gives to organising and 
running the club and helping create real 
excitement amongst the children about 
the STEM subjects each year. 

Karen Martin, 
Headteacher, Grove Primary School 

Our community
Xaar sponsors two Imagineering Clubs 
at local primary schools. These Clubs 
are designed to introduce children 
to engineering through fun activities. 
The sponsorships are part of Xaar’s role 
in helping to create the ‘engineers of the 
future’ and drive interest in STEM subjects 
(science, technology, engineering and 
mathematics) amongst school students.

 
The Group strongly believes that 
corporate responsibility is integral 
to business success. The Group 
is compliant with all relevant 
regulation and legislation whilst 
enhancing the working environment 
for our employees and minimising 
the environmental impact of our 
manufacturing processes. There 
is internal reporting of key metrics 
throughout the business, and each 
member of staff is expected to take 
individual responsibility for their 
performance and to work together 
to achieve shared goals.

36 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Sustainable and responsible business continued

Social responsibility
• Xaar employees raised money during the year 

for a number of charities, including taking 
part in various activities for Comic Relief on 
Red Nose Day and for Christmas Jumper 
Day (Save the Children).

• Xaar has sponsored a number of employees 

and their families engaging in events 
throughout the year, including charity golf 
days, Red Nose day, 5k Race for Life and 
a cycling event. In total, the Group made 
charitable contributions to local and national 
charities during the year totalling £766 
(2016: £11,767). No political donations 
were made in the year (2016: £nil).

• The social club, which is aimed at 

encouraging staff to have fun and get to 
know each other socially, held several events 
throughout the year including theatre trips, 
festivals, family fun days, sports activities such 
as ice skating and Pretty Muddy Race for Life, 
meals and nights at the races.

• Xaar continues to sponsor an Imagineering 
Foundation club which operates at primary 
schools in both Huntingdon and Cambridge. 
Supported by eight volunteer tutors from 
Xaar’s Operations and R&D teams, the 
weekly, hour-long after-school clubs are 
attended by up to 12 Year Six students. 
The students learn about basic science and 
engineering concepts and make working 
mechanical and electronics-based models, 
such as a balloon-powered ‘rocket’ car, a 
steady hand game and even an AM radio. 
The club’s aim is to introduce young people 
of 8-16 years to the exciting world of 
engineering, science and technology through 
fun, hands-on activities.

Human rights
The Group respects all human rights and in 
conducting its business the Group regards 
those rights relating to non-discrimination, 
fair treatment and respect for privacy to be 
the most relevant and to have the greatest 
potential impact on its key stakeholder groups 
of customers, employees and suppliers.

The Board has overall responsibility for 
ensuring that the Group upholds and promotes 
respect for human rights. The Group seeks to 
anticipate, prevent and mitigate any potential 
negative human rights impacts as well as 
enhance positive impacts through its policies 
and procedures and, in particular, through 
its policies regarding employment, equality 
and diversity, treating customers fairly and 
information securely. Group policies seek both 
to ensure that employees comply with the 
relevant legislation and regulations in place in 
the UK and other operating locations and to 
promote good practice. The Group’s policies 
are formulated and kept up to date by the 
relevant business area, authorised by the 
Board and communicated to all employees.

The Group undertakes extensive monitoring of 
the implementation of all of its policies and has 
not been made aware of any incident in which 
the organisation’s activities have resulted in an 
abuse of human rights.

Equality and diversity
The Group is committed to providing 
a working environment in which employees 
feel valued and respected and are able to 
contribute to the success of the business. 
Employees are requested to co-operate with 
the Group’s efforts to ensure that the policy 
is fully implemented.

37 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

The Group’s aim is that its employees should 
be able to work in an environment free from 
discrimination, harassment and bullying, and that 
employees, job applicants, customers, retailers, 
business introducers and suppliers should be 
treated fairly regardless of:

• Race, colour, nationality (including citizenship), 

ethnic or national origins

• Gender, gender reassignment, sexual 

orientation, marital or civil partnership status

• Religious or political beliefs or affiliations

• Disability, impairment or age

• Real or suspected infection with HIV/AIDS

• Membership of a trade union

• Pregnancy, maternity and paternity.

and that they should not be disadvantaged by 
unjust or unfair conditions or requirements.

The Group aims to ensure that applications for 
employment from people with disabilities, and 
other under-represented groups, are given full 
and fair consideration and that such people are 
given the same training, development and job 
opportunities as other employees. Every effort is 
also made to retrain and support employees who 
suffer from disabilities during their employment, 
including the provision of flexible working to 
assist their re-entry into the workplace.

Human Resources policies are reviewed regularly 
to ensure that they are non-discriminatory and 
promote equality of opportunity. In particular, 
recruitment, selection, promotion, training 
and development policies and practices are 
monitored to ensure that all employees have 
the opportunity to train and develop according 
to their abilities.

The Group places considerable value on the 
involvement of its employees and has continued 
to keep them informed of the various factors 
affecting the performance of the Group. This is 
achieved through written communications shared 
through the Company intranet and email, and 
formal and informal meetings. All employees 
participate in a bonus scheme based on 
individual performance and Group business 
targets and, in the UK, have the opportunity to 
participate in an HMRC approved Share Save 
Scheme and Share Incentive Plan.

Formal directives and certification 
The Group undertakes R&D and manufactures 
products in the UK and the USA. The Group 
complies with all local and European legislation. 
The Group's manufacturing facility in Huntingdon 
is both ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 certified. 
It is the Group’s policy to maintain this level of 
certification for its manufacturing facilities and to 
comply at all times with all relevant environmental 
and other legislation in the territories in which the 
Group operates. The Group is compliant with 
REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation 
and restriction of Chemicals), WEEE (Waste 
Electrical and Electronic Equipment) and RoHS 
(Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous 
Substances) directives, as required under 
European legislation. 

The Group has a proactive Health and Safety 
System modelled on OHSAS 18001/HSG65 
in Cambridge, Huntingdon and Nottingham.

The anti-bribery and corruption policies of the 
Group are set out in the Corporate Governance 
section on page 53.

Health, safety and environment
Xaar has a manufacturing site in Huntingdon, 
along with R&D and head office functions in 
Cambridge, Nottingham, Europe and the USA, 
plus sales offices worldwide.

It is always Xaar’s intention to conduct 
business in a manner that protects the public, 
the environment, and employee safety. 
Xaar’s Environmental and Health & Safety 
policies provide a framework for setting and 
reviewing of Occupational Health, Safety and 
Environmental Objectives. This demonstrates 
Xaar’s commitment to the prevention of injury 
and ill health and also the continual improvement 
in Environmental and Occupational Health 
& Safety Performance. Xaar recognises that the 
combination of a safe place of work and safe 
working practices, together with a productive 
and innovative environment, are critical to the 
continued success of the Company.

The management of Xaar is committed to 
achieving and maintaining full compliance with 
environmental, health and safety legislation. 
Although certain responsibilities under this policy 
can be attributed to specific roles within the 
organisation, and in particular with different levels 
of management, each and every Xaar employee 
shares the core basic duty to understand their 

responsibilities to observe instructions put in 
place and, where necessary, to draw these to 
the attention of others.

To achieve our Environmental and Health 
& Safety policies, Xaar will ensure that the 
organisation is led by example; systems are in 
place to engage, train, develop and maintain 
competent, informed personnel; resources 
are allocated to enable safety standards to be 
maintained; employee involvement and open 
communication are actively encouraged; plant, 
equipment and facilities are safe and without 
risk to the health and welfare of all persons who 
could be affected by their use or maintenance; 
substances required and used in the workplace 
are handled and disposed of safely; a 
comprehensive risk assessment programme 
is maintained covering all activities and 
processes, with control measures implemented 
to minimise risk where applicable; adequate 
welfare facilities are provided; where accidents 
or ‘near misses’ occur, they are reported, 
investigated and treated as the source of 
learning for ongoing working practices; and 
that best practice is shared across the Group.

The Group is committed to minimising 
its impact on the environment through 
the reduction and recycling of waste and 
by operating its facilities as efficiently as 
is practicable. Our printhead technology 
improves process efficiency and reduces 
wastage in our end user markets.

Based on the closing headcount at 
31 December the split of staff by gender 
was as follows:

31 December 
2017

31 December 
2016
male/female male/female

All employees

453/115

512/127

Directors

Senior 
managers

Employees 
excluding 
Directors 
and senior 
managers

5/2

6/1

77/13

87/15

371/100

420/111

 
38 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Sustainable and responsible business continued

GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS STATEMENT

Xaar plc has calculated its global 
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions 
statement using an operational control 
consolidation approach as described 
in the Greenhouse Gas: Protocol: 
A Corporate Accounting and Reporting 
Standard (Revised Edition, 2004), which 
reflects the Defra Environmental Reporting 
Guidelines (Revised October 2013). 

Scope 1 emissions
Scope 1 emissions occur from sources that 
are owned or where Xaar plc has operational 
control. This includes direct emissions from gas 
combustion in our buildings and fuel used in 
leased company vehicles. Actual and estimated 
gas consumption data has been collected from 
each of the leased properties under the control 
of the Xaar Group, from data sources including 
direct meter readings, meter readings from 
suppliers included on invoices and estimations 
where required based on available information 
from property management suppliers and 
other sources. Actual mileage data has 
been collected from the leased company 
vehicle fleet.

Assessment parameters

Scope 2 emissions
Scope 2 refers to indirect emissions from 
the consumption of purchased electricity 
(also including any purchased heat, steam 
or cooling) from facilities owned or under the 
operational control of Xaar plc. Actual and 
estimated data has been collected from each 
of the leased properties under the control of 
the Xaar Group, from data sources including 
direct meter readings, meter readings from 
suppliers included on invoices and estimations 
where required based on available information 
from property management suppliers and 
other sources.

Baseline year

1 January 2013 to 31 December 2013

Consolidation approach

Operational control

Boundary summary

Consistency with the financial statements

All entities and all facilities under operational 
control included subject to the materiality 
threshold applied

The only variation is that leased properties 
deemed to be under operational control have 
been included in scope 1 and 2 emissions

Materiality threshold

Materiality has been set at Group level at 5%*

Assessment methodology

Greenhouse Gas Protocol and ISO 14064-1 
(2006)

Intensity ratio

Emissions per £m turnover excluding royalties

* The total of any excluded emission sources are estimated to be less than 5% of Xaar plc’s total reported emissions.

GHG emission source

Scope 1

Scope 2

Statutory total (scope 1 and 2)

2017

(tCO2e/£m)

2

49

51

(tCO2e)

148

4,088

4,236

2016

(tCO2e/£m)

2

53

55

(tCO2e)

167

4,432

4,599

The GHG emissions statement includes emissions data from leased assets that are not 
included in the rest of the consolidated financial statements, other than in note 31 Operating 
lease arrangements.

39 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Board approval of the Strategic and Annual Reports

BOARD APPROVAL

The Strategic Report, Annual Report and Financial Statements, 
taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and 
provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess  
the Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Robin Williams
Chairman

Doug Edwards
Chief Executive Officer

Lily Liu
Chief Financial Officer  
and Company Secretary 

Ted Wiggans
Chief Operations Officer

Margaret Rice-Jones
Senior Independent Director

Andrew Herbert
Non-Executive Director

Chris Morgan
Non-Executive Director

 
40 
40 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Board of Directors

DIVERSE AND CAPABLE LEADERSHIP

Robin Williams
Chairman

Doug Edwards
Chief Executive Officer

Appointed: 2010 (Chairman: 2016)

Appointed: 2015

Qualifications
•  MA Engineering Science, 

Oxford University

•  ACA, Peat Marwick Mitchell.

Qualifications
•  BSc Chemistry
•  PhD in Conducting Organic 
Materials, London University.

Experience
•  Ten years as a corporate advisor
•  Co-founder of Britton Group plc 
and grew the business to £250 
million revenues within six years, 
before selling to a trade buyer 
•  Executive Director of Hepworth 
plc, with a leading role in the 
rationalisation and subsequent 
sale of the group 

•  Held various public and private 
company directorships across 
a range of industries including 
business services, healthcare, 
outsourcing, contracting, 
and manufacturing.

Current external appointments
•  Chairman of Stirling Industries 
Plc, FIH Group Plc, Keystone 
Law Plc and NHS Professionals 
Ltd (to 31 March 2018) 
•  Non-Executive Director of 
Van Elle Holdings Plc.

Experience
•  Responsible for Kodak 

packaging, functional printing, 
electrophotographic solutions, 
commercial and consumer 
Inkjet Systems with revenues 
of around $800 million. Prior 
to this Doug ran Kodak’s 
largest Graphics business with 
revenues of $1.5 billion 
•  Vice President of Research 
and Product Development, 
New Business and Strategy 
Development at Kodak 
Polychrome Graphics (KPG), 
a 50/50 joint venture between 
Eastman Kodak Company and 
Sun Chemical Corporation 

•  Technical roles with Ilford 

Limited, ICI, Zenica Specialities 
and International Paper

•  Scientific papers, patents and 
other publications to his name. 

Committee membership 

Committee membership

N

A

R

N

Lily Liu
Chief Financial Officer and  
Company Secretary*

Appointed: 2017

Qualifications
•  Chartered Management 

Accountant

Ted Wiggans
Chief Operations Officer*

Appointed: 2011

Qualifications
•  Chartered Engineer, Fellow 
of Institution of Mechanical 
Engineers

•  MBA from the Australian 

•  BSc in Mechanical Engineering. 

Graduate School of 
Management.

Experience
•  Spent the past four years 

at FTSE 100 Smiths Group 
PLC, where she held a 
number of senior financial 
and management roles 

•  From 2014 to 2016, Lily was 
CFO of the Smiths Detection 
Division with reported revenues 
of £526 million for 2016

•  Director of Financial Planning 
and Performance Analysis at 
the Group level, reporting to the 
Group Chief Financial Officer
•  Worked at Edwards Ltd, the 

world leader in the manufacture 
and supply of industrial vacuum 
systems, which was part of the 
FTSE 100 BOC Group Plc until 
2007, when it was acquired by 
private equity firm, CCMP.

*  Lily joined Xaar plc from 2 May 2017.

Experience
•  Over 30 years’ experience in 
high  technology operations 

•  Chief Operating Officer at 

Cambridge Semiconductor Ltd 
(CamSemi)

•  Operations Director at Zetex 
Semiconductors with overall 
responsibility for its multi-site, 
multi-national manufacturing 
activities and a global team  
of 500 

•  Held senior-level manufacturing, 
engineering and quality roles 
with Motorola and Philips.

Current external appointments
•  Manufacturing Industries 

Division Board of the IMechE.

*  Ted plans to retire from Xaar plc on  

9 August 2018. Ted’s role will be replaced 
at  the Executive, but not Board level.

 
 
41 
41 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Andrew Herbert
Non-Executive Director

Margaret Rice-Jones
Senior Independent Director

Chris Morgan
Non-Executive Director 

Appointed: 2016

Appointed: 2015

Appointed: 2016

Qualifications
•  Chartered Management 
Accountant, BA (Hons) 
in Business Studies.

Qualifications
•  BSc in Engineering, 
Durham University.

Experience
•  Extensive experience in the 

global digital printing industry 
following a 30-year career with 
Domino Printing Sciences plc, 
working both in the UK and 
the US

•  Group Finance Director/Chief 
Financial Officer of Domino 
Printing Sciences plc from 
1998 to 2015 during which 
time he played an instrumental 
role in expanding the business 
geographically through 
acquisition and creation of sales 
channels, and in broadening the 
product range via acquisition of 
technology based businesses 

•  Previously held a number of 
line director roles in Finance, 
Operations, Planning and 
Business Development.

Current external appointments:
•  Non-Executive Chairman of 

Midwich Group plc.

Experience
•  Over 25 years’ experience 

within innovative technology 
businesses 

•  Engineering background and 
has operated at Board level 
in various executive and non-
executive roles for the last 
15 years 

•  Margaret was CEO of Aircom 

Experience
•  Wealth of expertise in 

managing complex international 
technology businesses, having 
spent 25 years at HP Inc. 

•  Strong background in 

global marketing, sales and 
general management senior 
executive roles including 
global accountability for HP’s 
multibillion dollar graphics/
industrial portfolio of digital 2D 
and 3D printing businesses from 
2009-2012 

International, a global software 
and services company, and 
Corporate Vice President of 
Motorola Inc. 

•  Extensive experience in Asia 

and Japan having spent more 
than a decade in senior APJ 
leadership roles 

•  P&L responsibility for over  
$1 billion revenue and has 
worked with both business 
turnaround situations and high 
growth companies including 
Skyscanner where she 
was Chairman.

Current external appointments:
•  Margaret is currently Chairman  
at Openet Ltd and Origami 
Energy Ltd.

•  Led strategic investments in key 
growth markets and has been 
involved in a number of mergers 
and acquisitions at both the 
strategic and operational levels. 

•  Chief Marketing Officer  

for Stratasys in 2014-2015  
and recently served as Senior  
Vice President of Americas and  
Asia for 3D Systems, Inc. until  
January 2018.

Committee membership: 

Committee membership: 

Committee membership: 

A

R

N

A

R

N

A

R

N

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Board dashboard

Chairman
1
Executive Directors
3
Non-Executive Directors
3

Gender balance
Male:Female
5:2

Length of tenure 
(to December 2017)
0-3 years
5
3-10 years
2

Key to Committees
A – Audit 

R – Remuneration 

N – Nomination
 Chairman 
 Member

 
 
 
 
 
 
42 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

BOARD STRUCTURE

Board of Directors

Management Committee

Principal Committees

Audit Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

The Audit Committee is responsible for 
monitoring and reviewing the integrity of 
the financial reporting process, including 
the appropriateness and effectiveness 
of the Internal Controls and Risk 
Management procedures of the Group.

The Nomination Committee is responsible 
for reviewing the size, structure and 
composition of the Board and providing 
advice to the Board on Board and 
senior management appointments 
and succession planning; monitoring 
of the composition of the Board and 
its Committees.

The Remuneration Committee is 
responsible for the development 
and implementation of the Group’s 
remuneration framework and policies 
for Directors including all incentives 
and bonuses.

Chairman Andrew Herbert

Chairman Robin Williams

Chairman Margaret Rice-Jones

I See pages 54 to 55

I See page 56

I See page 57

43 
43 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Directors’ report

REPORT ON THE AFFAIRS OF THE GROUP

The Directors present their Annual Report 
on the affairs of the Group together with 
the financial statements and auditor’s 
report for the year ended 31 December 
2017. The Corporate Governance 
statement set out on pages 49 to 57 
forms part of this report.

Capital structure
Details of the issued share capital, together  
with details of the movements in the Company’s 
issued share capital during the year, are shown 
in note 25. The Company has one class of 
ordinary shares which carries no right to fixed 
income. Each share carries the right to one  
vote at general meetings of the Company. 

Treasury
The Group’s policy enables it to use financial 
instruments to hedge foreign currency 
exposures. The main trading currency of the 
Group is the Pound Sterling. The Group’s use 
of financial instruments and the related risks  
are discussed further in notes 19, 20 and 23.

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

An indication of likely future developments 
in the business of the Company and details 
of research and development activities are 
included in the Strategic Report. The Group’s 
policies relating to equality, diversity and 
employee consultation can be found in the 
‘Sustainable and responsible business’ section 
of the Strategic Report on pages 35 to 37.

There are no specific restrictions on the size of 
a holding nor on the transfer of shares, which 
are both governed by the general provisions 
of the Articles of Association and prevailing 
legislation. The Directors are not aware of any 
agreements between holders of the Company’s 
shares that may result in restrictions on the 
transfer of securities or on voting rights.

Details of the proposed dividend are set out  
on page 28.

Details of employee share schemes are set 
out in note 32. 

The Greenhouse gas emissions statement  
can be found on page 38.

No person has any special rights of control  
over the Company’s share capital and all  
issued shares are fully paid.

With regard to the appointment and 
replacement of Directors, the Company 
is governed by its Articles of Association, 
the UK Corporate Governance Code, the 
Companies Act and related legislation. 
The Articles themselves may be amended 
by Special Resolution of the shareholders. 
The powers of Directors are described in the 
Main Board terms of reference, copies of which 
are available on request, and the Corporate 
Governance statement on page 56. 

At the 2017 AGM held on 16 May 2017,  
the Company’s shareholders granted the 
Company authority to make one or more 
market purchases (within the meaning of 
section 693(4) of the Companies Act 2006)  
of ordinary shares of 10 pence each in the 
capital of the Company. 

The Company did not purchase any shares for 
cancellation or to be held as treasury in 2016 
or 2017.

Directors and their interests 
The Directors who served during the year, and 
subsequent to the year-end, unless otherwise 
stated, were as follows:

Robin Williams – Chairman

Doug Edwards – Chief Executive Officer

Lily Liu – Chief Financial Officer and Company 
Secretary (appointed on 2 May 2017)

Ted Wiggans – Chief Operations Officer 

Margaret Rice-Jones – Senior Independent 
Director 

Chris Morgan – Non-Executive Director

Andrew Herbert – Non-Executive Director

Alex Bevis – Chief Financial Officer 
and Company Secretary (resigned 
on 29 March 2017)

Brief biographical descriptions of the Directors 
are set out on pages 40 and 41. Full details  
of their interests in shares of the Company  
and its subsidiary undertakings are included  
in the Directors’ Remuneration report on  
pages 58 to 79.

 
44 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Directors’ report continued

REPORT ON THE AFFAIRS OF THE GROUP CONTINUED

Shareholdings in the Company
The interests of the Directors in the shares of the Company and its subsidiaries (all of which are beneficial) as at 31 December 2017 are as follows:

Doug Edwards
Lily Liu
Ted Wiggans
Robin Williams
Margaret Rice-Jones
Chris Morgan
Andrew Herbert

Number of  
ordinary shares of 
10p each
31 December 
2017 

Number of  
ordinary shares of 
10p each 
31 December 
2016

33,885
14,000
71,239
10,000
5,700
–
–

32,913
–
71,239
4,000
5,700
–
–

There have been no changes in the Directors’ interests in shares of the Company between 31 December 2017 and 21 March 2018. Directors’ 
interests in options over shares in the Company are shown in the Directors’ Remuneration report.

Directors’ liabilities
The Company has granted an indemnity to all of its Directors against liability in respect of any potential proceedings that may be brought by third 
parties, subject to the conditions set out in the Companies Act 2006. Such qualifying third party indemnity provision remains in force as at the date  
of approving the Directors’ report.

Share capital
As at 31 December 2017 the Company had been notified in accordance with Chapter 5 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s (FCA’s) Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules of the following material interests in its share capital:

AXA Framlington Investment Managers
T Rowe Price Global Investments
Legal & General Investment Management
M&G Investment Management
Oppenheimer Funds
Aberdeen Standard Investments
Baillie Gifford
Schroder Investment Management
Generation Investment Management
Majedie Asset Management

Number 
of ordinary 
shares held

Percentage 
of issued 
share capital

11,139,285
7,324,672
7,115,856
6,755,669
4,000,000
3,887,118
3,740,692
3,607,743
3,586,998
1,712,431

14.22%
9.35%
9.08%
8.62%
5.11%
4.96%
4.78%
4.61%
4.58%
2.19%

During the period 31 December 2017 to 21 March 2018, the Company received the following notifications pursuant to chapter five of the FCA’s 
Disclosure and Transparency Rules:

On 7 March 2018 and 20 March 2018, the Company received notifications from Legal & General Assurance (Pensions Management) Limited (part 
of Legal & General Investment Management), advising that their interests in the total voting rights of the Company were 3,116,780 ordinary shares, 
being 3.98% of the issued share capital at 7 March 2018, and 3,303,412 ordinary shares, being 4.22% of the issued share capital at 20 March 2018. 
The overall Legal & General Investment Management interests in the total voting rights of the Company were 9.06% and 9.31% respectively of the 
issued share capital at the dates of notification.

45 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Annual General Meeting
The notice convening the Annual General 
Meeting is set out on pages 135 to 138. 
Resolutions 1 to 11 set out in the notice  
of the meeting deal with the ordinary  
business to be transacted at the meeting. 
The special business to be transacted at the 
meeting is set out in Resolutions 12 to 14.

Directors’ Remuneration report
Resolution 11
This Resolution seeks shareholder approval 
for the Directors’ Remuneration report, 
which includes the remuneration policy. 
The Directors’ Remuneration report can be 
found on pages 58 to 79 (inclusive) of the 
Annual Report and Financial Statements. 

Re-election of Directors
Resolutions 5 to 10
The Company’s Articles of Association require 
the Directors to retire by rotation at least once 
every three years, with the number to retire by 
rotation at each Annual General Meeting being 
the number nearest to but not exceeding 
one third of the Board. However, the UK 
Corporate Governance Code provides that all 
Directors of FTSE 350 companies should be 
subject to re-election by their shareholders 
every year. In accordance with this provision 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code and in 
keeping with the Board’s aim of following best 
corporate governance practice, the Board 
has decided that, as at recent Annual General 
Meetings of the Company, all Directors should 
retire at each Annual General Meeting and 
offer themselves for re-election. 

In accordance with regulations which came 
into force on 1 October 2013, Resolution 11 
offers shareholders an advisory vote on the 
implementation of the Company’s existing 
remuneration policy. 

Authority to purchase own shares
Resolution 12
It is proposed by Resolution 12, by Special 
Resolution, to authorise the Company 
generally and unconditionally to purchase its 
own shares at a price of not less than the par 
value of the shares and not more than the 
higher of: 

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

The total number of options to subscribe 
for ordinary shares outstanding at 21 March 
2018 (including options awarded under LTIP 
which may be satisfied by subscription of new 
shares) was 2,946,231. This represents 4% of 
the issued ordinary share capital at that date. 
If Xaar plc was to buy back the maximum 
number of ordinary shares permitted pursuant 
to the passing of this resolution, then the total 
number of options to subscribe for ordinary 
shares outstanding at 31 December 2017 
would represent 4% of the reduced issued 
ordinary share capital.

Power to issue securities
Resolution 13
Under the Companies Act 2006 the Directors 
of the Company may only allot shares 
(whether for cash or otherwise) with the 
authority of shareholders given at a general 
meeting of the Company. In accordance with 
institutional guidelines, under Resolution 13, 
to be proposed as an Ordinary Resolution, 
authority is sought to allot shares:

(i) 5% above the average of the middle market 
quotations of the shares as derived from 
the London Stock Exchange Daily Official 
List for the five dealing days immediately 
preceding the day on which the purchase 
is made; and 

(i) in relation to a pre-emptive rights issue 

only, up to an aggregate nominal amount 
of £5,221,953.00, which represented two 
thirds of the Company’s ordinary share 
capital as at 21 March 2018; and

(ii) the amount stipulated by article 5(1) of the 

(ii) in any other case, up to an aggregate 

Buy-back and Stabilisation Regulation 2003 
(in each case exclusive of any expenses 
payable by the Company).

nominal amount of £2,610,976.60, which 
represented one third of the Company’s 
ordinary share capital as at 21 March 2018.

The Directors do not currently have an 
intention to exercise the authority.

The authority will be for a maximum of 14.9% 
of the Company’s issued share capital and 
will expire at the earlier of the next Annual 
General Meeting of the Company or within 
15 months from the date of the passing of 
this resolution. The Directors currently have no 
intention to exercise the authority and will only 
purchase shares if it is in the best interests of 
shareholders as a whole.

 
46 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Directors' report continued

REPORT ON THE AFFAIRS OF THE GROUP CONTINUED

The Directors also confirm their intention 
to adhere to the provisions of the 2015 
Statement of Principles regarding cumulative 
use of authorities within a rolling three year 
period. Those Principles provide that equity 
securities should not be allotted for cash 
on a non-pre-emptive basis (other than 
pursuant to a rights issue or pre-emptive 
offer) in excess of an amount equal to 7.5% 
of the total issued ordinary share capital 
of the Company in any rolling three year 
period, without prior consultation with the 
Company’s shareholders. This limit excludes 
any equity securities issued pursuant to a 
specific disapplication of pre-emption rights 
and any equity securities issued pursuant to 
a general disapplication of pre-emption rights 
in connection with an acquisition or specified 
capital investment.

The Directors do not currently have an  
intention to exercise any power given to them 
by shareholders to allot shares for cash on  
a non-pre-emptive basis.

The authorities contained in Resolutions 13 
and 14 will expire no later than 15 months 
after the passing of those resolutions.

Resolution 14
This resolution, to be proposed as a Special 
Resolution, will give the Directors power 
to allot shares:

(i) up to an aggregate nominal amount of 

£5,221,953.00 (representing approximately 
66% of the Company’s issued share 
capital) on an offer to existing shareholders 
on a pre-emptive basis (subject to any 
adjustments, such as for fractional 
entitlements and overseas shareholders, 
as the Directors see fit); and

(ii) for cash up to a maximum aggregate 

nominal value of £783,292.90, representing 
10% of the ordinary share capital of the 
Company as at 21 March 2018, otherwise 
than in connection with an offer to 
existing shareholders.

In previous years, the Directors have sought, 
and been granted, power to allot equity 
securities for cash free from pre-emption 
rights (otherwise than in connection with a 
rights issue or similar pre-emptive issue) up 
to a maximum nominal amount representing 
approximately 5% of the Company’s issued 
ordinary share capital. Such power has 
given the Directors the ability to allot equity 
securities for cash non pre-emptively in 
any circumstances. The limitation of the 
disapplication power to a maximum of 5% of 
the Company’s issued ordinary share capital 
accorded with best practice as set out in The 
Pre-Emption Group’s Statement of Principles 
on the Disapplication of Pre-Emption Rights 
(July 2008).

In March 2015, The Pre-Emption Group 
published a revision of its Statement of 
Principles. In addition to restating the existing 
5% disapplication limit, the 2015 Statement 
of Principles introduced greater flexibility 
for companies to undertake non pre-
emptive issues for cash in connection with 
acquisitions and specified capital investments. 
This relaxation is intended to allow companies 
the opportunity to finance expansion 
opportunities as and when they arise.

Accordingly, the 2015 Statement of Principles 
provides that a company may now seek 
power to issue on a non-pre-emptive basis for 
cash equity securities representing (i) no more 
than 5% of the Company’s issued ordinary 
share capital in any one year; and (ii) no more 
than an additional 5% of the Company’s 
issued ordinary share capital provided 
that such additional power is only used in 
connection with an acquisition or specified 
capital investment.

Accordingly, in line with the 2015 Statement 
of Principles (which have been endorsed by 
The Investment Association), the Directors 
are seeking power to allot equity securities 
for cash (otherwise than in connection 
with a rights issue or similar pre-emptive 
issue) up to a maximum nominal amount of 
£783,292.90, representing approximately 
10% of the Company’s issued ordinary share 
capital as at 21 March 2018 (being the latest 
practicable date prior to publication of this 
document). Whilst the Directors may use up 
to one half of this amount to issue equity 
securities for cash non pre-emptively in any 
circumstances, they confirm that they would 
only use the other half in connection with an 
acquisition or a specified capital investment 
which is announced contemporaneously with 
the issue, or which has taken place in the 
preceding six-month period and is disclosed 
in the announcement of the issue.

47 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Additional information for shareholders
The following provides the additional 
information required for shareholders as  
a result of the implementation of the  
Takeovers Directive into UK law.

The structure of the Company’s issued share 
capital is shown in note 25.

Details of ordinary shares held in trust owned 
by the Company can be found in note 27.

The Company is not aware of any agreements 
between shareholders that may result in 
restrictions on the transfer of securities  
and/or voting rights.

The Directors are authorised to issue and allot 
shares and to undertake purchases of the 
Company’s shares. Appropriate resolutions 
to renew these authorities are proposed to 
be passed at the AGM as detailed above 
and notice of which is on pages 135 to 138.

Ordinary shares
On a show of hands at a general meeting 
of the Company every holder of ordinary 
shares present in person and entitled to vote 
shall have one vote for every ordinary share 
held and, on a poll, every member present 
in person or by proxy and entitled to vote 
shall have one vote for every ordinary share 
held. The notice of the AGM on pages 135 to 
138 specifies deadlines for exercising voting 
rights either by proxy notice or present in 
person or by proxy in relation to resolutions 
to be passed at the AGM. All proxy votes 
are counted and the numbers for, against 
or withheld in relation to each resolution are 
made available at the AGM and are published 
on the Company’s website after the meeting. 
No person holds securities carrying special 
rights with regard to control of the Company.

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Restrictions
There are no restrictions on the transfer of 
ordinary shares in the Company other than:

•  Certain restrictions may from time to time 
be imposed by laws and regulations (for 
example, insider trading laws and market 
requirements relating to close periods)
•  Pursuant to the Listing Rules of the FCA 
whereby all employees of the Company 
require the approval of the Company to 
deal in the Company’s securities.

The Company’s Articles of Association may 
only be amended by a Special Resolution at a 
general meeting of the shareholders. Directors 
are reappointed by Ordinary Resolution at a 
general meeting of the shareholders. 

Appointment of Directors
The Board can appoint a Director but anyone 
so appointed must be elected by an Ordinary 
Resolution at the next general meeting. All 
Directors are required to submit themselves 
for reappointment every year at the AGM. 

Significant interests
Directors’ interests in the share capital of the 
Company are shown in the table on page 44. 
Major interests (i.e. those greater than 3%) 
of which the Company has been notified are 
shown on page 44.

Company share schemes
The Xaar plc ESOP Trust holds 1.7% of the 
issued share capital of the Company in trust 
for the benefit of employees of the Group and 
their dependants. The voting rights in relation 
to these shares are exercised by the Trustees.

Change of control
The Company is not party to any agreements 
which take effect, alter or terminate upon a 
change of control of the Company following 
a takeover bid. There are no agreements 
between the Company and its Directors 
or employees providing for compensation 
for loss of office or employment (whether 
through resignation, purported redundancy 
or otherwise) that occurs because of a 
takeover bid. Depending on the achievement 
of performance conditions, share-based 
payment arrangements may vest on change 
of control but this is subject to the approval 
and exercise of the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee.

Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together 
with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and position are  
set out in the Strategic Report on pages 16 
to 21 and 34. Notes 19, 20 and 23 include a 
description of the Group’s objectives, policies 
and processes for managing its capital; its 
financial risk management objectives; details 
of its financial instruments and hedging 
activities; and its exposure to credit risk 
and liquidity risk.

After making enquiries, the Directors have 
a reasonable expectation that the Group has 
adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future, based 
on the Group’s forecasts and projections 
for the next 12 months, taking account of 
reasonably possible changes in trading 
performance. For this reason, we continue 
to adopt the going concern basis in preparing 
the financial statements.

48 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Directors' report continued

REPORT ON THE AFFAIRS OF THE GROUP CONTINUED

Viability statement
The long term viability of the Company is 
assessed by the Directors as part of the risk 
management process and regular strategic 
reviews. As well as continually monitoring 
and managing risk the Directors lead a 
comprehensive review of the principal risks 
to the Company at least annually. This review, 
which also involves key individuals from all 
areas of the business, was last performed 
in January 2018. The Company’s strategy 
is regularly discussed by the Board and 
is biannually subject to a full review.

The Directors’ assessment of the Company’s 
viability has been made with reference to the 
strategic planning documented on pages 
16 to 21 and 34. The Company’s strategic 
plans are based on the four strategic pillars 
which underpin the Company’s vision 
for 2020. Strategic plans for the whole 
Company and each of the pillars are updated 
taking into consideration assumptions 
concerning existing and future products and 
technology, customer engagements, business 
relationships, partnership opportunities and 
the commercial, technological and macro-
economic risks. The strategic plan for the 
Company is approved by the Executive 
Committee which tracks both current 
and forecast performance against this plan. 

The Company is aware that it operates in an 
uncertain environment and faces risks both 
internally and externally that could potentially 
impact on the Company’s ability to achieve its 
strategy. The principal risks and uncertainties 
faced by the Company are included on pages 
29 to 33. As part of the process of reviewing 
these risks, and other potential risks, the 
Board assigns responsibility for these to 
members of the Executive Committee. 
It is the responsibility of the Executive 
Committee members to manage the risk 
and the mitigating actions. This process is 
supplemented with strong internal controls 
and processes. This combination ensures 
that the Company manages the risks it faces 
appropriately and that these are considered 
in all of the financial models.

Taking account of the Company’s current 
financial position, operating performance, 
and the principal risks and uncertainties, the 
Directors have assessed the prospects of 
the Company, and confirm that they have a 
reasonable expectation that the Company 
will be able to continue in operation and meet 
its liabilities as they fall due for the next four 
years, to December 2021.

Auditor
Deloitte LLP have expressed their 
willingness to continue in office as auditor 
and a resolution to reappoint them will be 
proposed at the forthcoming AGM.

Directors’ statement as to disclosure  
of information to auditor
The Directors who were members of the 
Board at the time of approving the Directors’ 
report are listed on page 43. 

Having made enquiries of fellow Directors, 
each of these Directors confirm that:

•  To the best of each Director’s knowledge 
and belief, there is no information relevant 
to the preparation of their report of which 
the Group’s auditor is unaware

•  Each Director has taken all the steps a 
Director might reasonably be expected 
to have taken to be aware of relevant 
audit information and to establish that the 
Group’s auditor is aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be 
interpreted in accordance with the provisions  
of section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Approval
The Directors’ report was approved by the 
Board on 21 March 2018 and is signed on 
its behalf by:

Lily Liu
Chief Financial Officer and  
Company Secretary

49 
49 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Governance

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

The Company is committed to the principles of corporate governance contained in the 2016 UK Corporate Governance Code 
which was issued in April 2016 by the Financial Reporting Council (‘the Code’) for which the Board is accountable to shareholders. 

Application of the main principles of the Code
The Company has applied the principles of the Code, including both the Main Principles and the supporting principles. An explanation of how the 
Main Principles have been applied is set out below.

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

A. Leadership

A1. The Board’s role 
The Board is responsible for the formulation of strategy; the 
monitoring of financial and non-financial performance and the 
approval of major transactions; financial statements; other formal 
communications with shareholders; and operating and capital 
expenditure budgets. 

A2. A clear division of responsibilities
There exists a clear division of responsibilities between the Chairman 
and the Chief Executive. The Chairman’s primary role includes 
ensuring the Board functions properly, that it meets its obligations 
and responsibilities, and that its organisation and mechanisms are  
in place and are working effectively. 

Comprehensive Board papers dealing with all aspects of the 
business are distributed by the Company Secretary typically one 
week in advance of each Board meeting.

The Board met seven times during the year.

A3. Role of the Chairman 
The Chairman sets the agendas for Board meetings, manages the 
meetings (in conjunction with the Company Secretary) and facilitates 
open and constructive dialogue during them.

The Chief Executive’s primary role is to provide overall leadership 
and vision in developing, with the Board, the strategic direction of 
the Company. Additionally, the Chief Executive is responsible for the 
management of the overall business to ensure that strategic and 
business plans are effectively implemented, the results are monitored 
and reported to the Board, and financial and operational objectives 
are attained.

The Board delegates management of the business to the Executive 
Committee, headed by the Chief Executive Officer. The Executive 
Committee meets weekly and is responsible for implementing Group 
strategy, monitoring business performance, preparing the operating 
and capital expenditure budgets for recommendation to the Board, 
and ensuring efficient management of the Group. 

A4. Role of the Non-Executive Directors 
The Non-Executive Directors attend the Board meetings, and 
form the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees. They 
are responsible for scrutinising the performance of management 
and determining appropriate levels of remuneration of Executive 
Directors. They also have a key role in appointing and, where 
required, removing Executive Directors.

50 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Governance continued

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED

B. Effectiveness

B1. The Board’s composition
The Nomination Committee is responsible for regularly reviewing 
the composition of the Board. In recommending appointments to 
the Board, the Nomination Committee considers the range of skills, 
knowledge and experience required, taking into account the benefits 
of diversity on the Board, including gender. 

The Board of Directors comprises the Chairman, three Executive 
Directors and three Non-Executive Directors. 

The Board considers Margaret Rice-Jones, Chris Morgan and 
Andrew Herbert to be independent within the meaning of the 
Code. To be considered independent each Non-Executive 
Director is sufficiently separate to management and free from any 
business or other relationships which could affect their judgement, 
impartiality or objectivity.

B3. Time commitments
On appointment, Directors are notified of the time commitment 
expected from them. External directorships, which may affect 
existing time commitments, must be agreed with the Chairman.

B5. Provision of information and support 
The Chairman, in conjunction with the Company Secretary, ensures 
that all Board members receive accurate and timely information.

B7. Re-election of Directors 
All Directors were subject to shareholder election or re-election at the 
2016 AGM, as will be the case at the 2017 AGM.

B2. Board appointments 
The appointment of new Directors is led by the Nomination 
Committee. Further details of the activities of the Nomination 
Committee can be found on page 56.

B4. Induction, training and development 
When new Directors are appointed, they receive a complete and 
specially bespoke induction and training programme aimed at 
introducing and familiarising them to the management team, the 
Group’s activities and processes, and to give them the knowledge 
required to effectively execute their role.

B6. Board and committee performance evaluation 
The Board’s policy for individual Director performance review is for 
a formal and rigorous appraisal process based on performance by 
the individual Director against specific targets. Individual Director 
performance is reviewed at least annually. The Senior Independent 
Director, in consultation with the other Non-Executive Directors 
and taking into account the views of the other Directors, appraises 
the performance of the Chairman. The Executive Directors, in 
consultation with the Chairman, appraise the performance of the 
Non-Executive Directors.

The Board reviewed both its own performance and the performance 
of the Board committees once during the year through a 
questionnaire issued to all members of the Board. The results 
were reviewed by the Board as a whole and it was concluded that 
individual Board members are satisfied that the Board works well and 
operates effectively in an environment where there is constructive 
challenge from the Non-Executive Directors. They are also satisfied 
with the contribution made by their colleagues and that Board 
committees operate properly and effectively. It is the Board’s intention 
to review its own performance, and that of its committees, at least 
once a year.

51 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

C. Accountability

C1. Financial and business reporting 
The Board has established arrangements to ensure that reports 
and other information published by the Group are fair, balanced 
and understandable. The Strategic Report, set out on pages 4 to 
39, provides information about the performance of the Group, the 
business model, the Group’s strategy and the risks and uncertainties 
relating to the Group’s future prospects.

C2. Risk management and internal control systems 
The Group’s policies relating to risk management and internal control 
can be found in the ‘Risk management’ section of the Strategic 
Report on pages 29 to 33.

The Committee has formally identified the Chief Operating Officer as 
the Director responsible for health and safety and the Chief Financial 
Officer as Director responsible for risk assessment.

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

D2. Development of remuneration policy
Details of the activities of the Remuneration Committee can be  
found in the Remuneration Committee section on page 57 and  
in the Directors’ Remuneration report on pages 58 to 79.

E2. Constructive use of the AGM 
The Board uses the AGM to communicate with investors and to 
encourage their participation.

C3. Role and responsibilities of the Audit Committee 
The role and responsibilities of the Audit Committee are set out 
in the Audit Committee section on pages 54 to 55.

D. Remuneration

D1. Levels and elements of remuneration
The Remuneration Committee sets levels of remuneration which 
are designed to promote the long term success of the Group 
and structures remuneration so as to link it to both corporate and 
individual performance, thereby aligning management’s interests  
with those of shareholders.

E. Relations with shareholders

E1. Shareholder engagement and dialogue
The Directors seek to build on a mutual understanding of objectives 
between the Group and its institutional shareholders by meeting  
at least twice per year, following interim and annual results, to provide 
an update on trading and obtain feedback. Additionally, the Group 
has hosted institutional investors at its Cambridge and Huntingdon 
offices during the year.

The Group’s financial public relations advisors and lead brokers give 
all investors and potential investors who have met with the Group’s 
investor relations team, the opportunity to provide feedback on the 
meetings. Additionally, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief 
Financial Officer provide feedback to the Board at the meeting 
following shareholder meetings to ensure that the Board, and in 
particular the Non-Executive Directors, possess an understanding  
of the views of the Company’s major shareholders. Both the 
Chairman and the Senior Independent Director are available  
to meet with shareholders as required.

Shareholders can access up-to-date Company information from the 
Investors section of the Xaar website at www.xaar.com.

52 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Governance continued

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED

Summary of Board meeting attendance in 2017
Seven Board meetings were held in 2017.

Name

Lily Liu*
Robin Williams
Margaret Rice-Jones
Doug Edwards
Alex Bevis*
Ted Wiggans
Chris Morgan
Andrew Herbert

*  Lily Liu joined the Board on 2 May 2017 as Chief Financial Officer. Alex Bevis resigned as Chief Financial Officer on 29 March 2017.

Figures in brackets denote the maximum number of meetings that could have been attended. 

Board committees
Summary of committee membership:

Name

Robin Williams 
Margaret Rice-Jones
Chris Morgan
Andrew Herbert
Doug Edwards

Summary of committee meeting attendance in 2017:

Name

Number of meetings held
Robin Williams
Margaret Rice-Jones
Chris Morgan
Andrew Herbert
Doug Edwards

Figures in brackets denote the maximum number of meetings that could have been attended. 

Meetings attended

5 (5)
7 (7)
7 (7)
7 (7)
2 (2)
7 (7)
7 (7)
7 (7)

Audit 
Committee 

Remuneration 
Committee

Yes
Yes
Yes
Chairman
No

Yes
Chairman
Yes
Yes
No

Nomination 
Committee

Chairman 
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

4
4 (4)
4 (4)
4 (4)
4 (4)
N/A

4
4 (4)
4 (4)
4 (4)
4 (4)
N/A

2
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)

53 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Statement of compliance with the Code
Throughout the year ended 31 December 2017 
the Company has followed the provisions set 
out in the Code.

The Board confirms the 2017 Annual Report 
and Financial Statements, taken as a whole, 
is fair, balanced and understandable, and 
provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the performance, 
strategy, and business model of the Company.

Approval
The Corporate Governance statement was 
approved by the Board on 21 March 2018 
and is signed on its behalf by:

Lily Liu
Chief Financial Officer and  
Company Secretary

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Conflicts of interest
Following the changes made to the Company’s 
Articles of Association to incorporate the 
provisions of section 175 of the Companies Act 
2006 which gave boards the statutory power 
to authorise conflicts of interest, any potential 
conflict of interest is approved by the Board 
in advance of any action or appointment that 
could result in a conflict of interest arising. 
Each member of the Board is familiar with the 
procedure to follow in relation to conflicts of 
interest and the process is operated efficiently.

Group structure
The Group has three main locations. The head 
office functions, R&D, EMEA sales, marketing, 
human resources, finance, IT and facilities are 
based in Cambridge, UK. The Group also has 
two manufacturing facilities: one in Huntingdon, 
UK, and the other in Vermont, USA. The 
Swedish manufacturing facility closed in 2016. 
The Group also has representatives in other 
global locations including India and Hong Kong.

Refer to page 14 for the Xaar business model.

Whistle-blowing, and anti-bribery and 
corruption policies
The Company conducts its business with the 
highest standards of integrity and honesty at all 
times and expects its employees to maintain 
the same standards in everything they do. 
Employees are therefore required to report 
any wrongdoing by Xaar or its members of 
staff that falls short of these principles. The 
whistle-blowing, and anti-bribery and corruption 
policies are available and communicated to all 
employees via the Company intranet, and all 
employees confirm in writing that they have 
read and comply with the whistle-blowing and 
anti-bribery and corruption policies. All reported 
incidences of actual or suspected bribery or 
corruption will be promptly and thoroughly 
investigated and dealt with appropriately. 
The purpose of the anti-bribery and corruption 
policy is to protect Xaar and its employees from 
breaches of anti-bribery and corruption laws. 
Xaar does not tolerate any employee or third 
party being involved in any level of bribery or 
corruption. Xaar is committed to complying with 
applicable anti-bribery and corruption laws in all 
countries in which it conducts business.

54 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Governance continued

AUDIT COMMITTEE

Andrew Herbert 
Chairman of the Audit Committee

Governance
The Audit Committee (the ‘Committee’) is 
appointed by the Board from the Non-Executive 
Directors of the Company. The Chairman of 
the Committee, Andrew Herbert, is deemed 
by the Board to have recent and relevant 
financial experience as he was, until 2015, 
CFO of FTSE listed Domino Printing Sciences 
plc and is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Management Accountants.

The Committee’s terms of reference were 
revised and updated in March 2017 and 
include all matters indicated by Disclosure and 
Transparency Rule 7.1 and the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. The written terms of 
reference of the Committee are available on 
request from the Company Secretary. 

Please see the tables on page 52 for details 
of the Committee members in the year and 
the number of Committee meetings attended. 
The Committee meetings are also attended, 
by invitation, by the Group Chief Executive 
Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and other 
senior financial management as appropriate, 
as well as by the external auditor for specific 
parts of the meeting.

  The Audit Committee’s primary 

responsibilities are: 

•  To approve and monitor key financial and 

accounting policies and practices

•  To monitor the integrity of the financial 

statements, announcements and review 
significant financial reporting judgements 
contained therein

•  To keep under review the adequacy and 

effectiveness of internal controls

•  To review procedures, systems and controls 
for whistle blowing, fraud detection and 
bribery prevention

•  To review, approve and monitor internal audit 

activities

•  To monitor and review the Group’s external 
auditor’s independence, objectivity and 
effectiveness

•  To make recommendations to the Board 

on the appointment, remuneration and terms 
of engagement of the external auditor.

The Committee is not responsible for the 
identification of key risks or the review of the 
adequacy of arrangements to mitigate those 
risks, which remains the responsibility of the 
main Board. 

Report from the Committee Chairman
I am pleased to present the Audit Committee’s 
report describing our work during the past 
year. Deloitte LLP was reappointed as the 
Company’s auditor at the Annual General 
Meeting and Paul Schofield has continued 
as engagement partner.

The Committee is required to report its 
findings to the Board at least annually, 
identifying any matters on which it considers 
that action or improvement is needed, to 
make recommendations on the steps to 
be taken, and to ensure that the required 
actions are taken.

Significant issues considered by the 
Committee
The Committee has a work plan that is 
designed to ensure its responsibilities are fully 
discharged over the annual reporting cycle. 
Specific items are added to the agenda for 
individual meetings as required. Significant 
accounting matters considered during the year 
include revenue recognition and adoption of 
IFRS 15, the adequacy and appropriateness 
of certain provisions, inventory valuation and 
capitalisation of development costs under IAS 
38. Other matters considered include royalty 
arrangements, tax policy, financing and debt 
arrangements and various compliance matters.

In response to changing currency exposure 
arising from new partnerships and the 
acquisition of EPS, the Committee reviewed 
and adopted a revised treasury policy. The new 
policy provides appropriate range and flexibility 
to hedge expected non-sterling denominated 
net cash inflows to the Group.

In August the Committee reviewed and adopted 
a revised internal audit policy. The policy 
now includes the use of internal resources 
for process and systems audits, increasing 
engagement from the finance teams and 
encouraging cross-site learning and sharing of 
best practice. This augments the use of third 
party internal audit resources.

55 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Key activities
In discharging its responsibilities the Committee 
has completed the following activities:

Financial statements and reports
•  Reviewed the Annual Report and financial 

statements and the half-yearly financial report 
including disclosures made therein

•  Reviewed reports from the external auditor 

on their work and findings

•  Reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s 

internal control environment.

The Committee has noted that there are no 
contractual obligations to restrict the choice 
of external auditor and has considered the 
likelihood of a withdrawal of the auditor 
from the market. The Committee meets 
with the Company’s auditor at least twice 
a year. The Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief Financial Officer, and other relevant 
managers as required, attend by invitation, 
except for a period of each meeting where 
the Committee members may meet with the 
auditor without any member of the Group 
management present. 

Internal controls and compliance
•  Agreed a schedule of internal audit activities, 
and reviewed the results of internal audit 
activities performed

•  Reviewed the internal financial controls and 

risk management systems

•  Reviewed fraud detection and the systems 
and controls for the prevention of bribery.

External audit
•  Reviewed and agreed the scope of the audit 
work to be undertaken by the auditor, and 
reviewed non-audit services provided and 
the level of this work compared with the 
audit services provided

•  Agreed the fees to be paid to the external 
auditor relating to their services rendered 
for the annual audit and interim review

•  Reviewed audit work performed on 

significant risk areas, including those areas 
identified and discussed by the external 
auditor in their report, and ensured the 
independence and objectivity of the 
external auditor.

The Chairman of the Audit Committee will be 
available at the AGM to answer any questions 
about the work of the Committee.

External auditor
Deloitte LLP have been the Company’s 
auditor since 2009 and there has been no 
tender held for audit services during that 
time. The Committee considers that the 
auditor’s knowledge of the Group’s business 
and systems gained through experience has 
contributed to the effectiveness of the audit 
process. The Committee intends the Company 
to continue to comply fully with the FRC Audit 
Committees Guidance regarding the frequency 
of audit tender. Under the standard rotation 
process, a new audit engagement partner 
was appointed from 2014.

The Committee is required to assess the 
qualifications, expertise, resources, and 
independence of the external auditor, and 
the objectivity and effectiveness of the 
audit process. The Committee reviews the 
type of work, effectiveness of, and level of 
fees charged by the auditor on an annual 
basis and recommends to the Board 
the appointment, reappointment, term, 
remuneration, and terms of engagement 
of the external auditor. Auditor objectivity 
and independence is safeguarded by the 
committee monitoring fees paid to the auditor 
in respect of both audit and non-audit work, 
and approving all additional work performed by 
the external auditor. Non-audit services include 
remuneration services, tax and audit advisory.

In July the Committee adopted an updated 
policy in relation to the provision of non-audit 
services by the external auditor. As set out 
in the Policy, it is the policy of the Group 
not to engage the Statutory auditor in any 
non-audit related services. This includes tax 
services. Specifically, the Policy states that 
the preparation of tax forms, payroll tax, 
calculation of indirect tax and the provision 
of tax advice cannot be provided by the 
Statutory auditor. Prior to the adoption of this 
policy, Deloitte LLP the Statutory auditor were 
responsible for the preparation of tax returns, 
PAYE returns, VAT returns and the provision 
of tax advice for the Group’s two Swedish 
subsidiary companies. As a result of this policy, 
it was decided that Deloitte LLP can no longer 
provide these services. 

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Note 7 to the Consolidated financial 
statements includes disclosures of the auditor’s 
remuneration for the year.

The Committee, taking into consideration 
relevant UK professional and regulatory 
requirements, regularly considers the 
independence and objectivity of the auditor. 
The Committee receives an annual statement 
from the auditor detailing their independence 
policies and safeguards, and confirming their 
independence, taking into account relevant 
ethical guidance regarding the provision of  
non-audit services by the external auditor. 

The Committee considers the effectiveness of 
the external audit and the Group’s relationship 
with the external auditor, Deloitte LLP, on 
an ongoing basis, and have conducted a 
review of the effectiveness of the annual audit. 
This review consisted of considering a number 
of key points together with the senior financial 
management of the Group, without the external 
auditor present, and then discussing the 
evaluation with the auditor. The Committee was 
able to conclude, on the basis of this exercise 
and its experience over the year, that the 
external audit process remained effective. 

A further review will be carried out following the 
completion of audit procedures on all Group 
companies and reported on in next year’s 
Annual Report.

Andrew Herbert 
Chairman of the Audit Committee

56 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Governance continued

NOMINATION COMMITTEE

Robin WIlliams
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

Governance
The Nomination Committee is appointed by 
the Board from the Non-Executive Directors 
of the Company and the Chief Executive 
Officer. The Chairman of the Committee is 
Robin Williams. The Committee meets as 
required. The written terms of reference of the 
Committee are available on request from the 
Company Secretary.

Responsibilities
The Nomination Committee’s primary 
responsibilities are:

Boardroom diversity
Recruitment of Board candidates is conducted, 
and appointments made, on merit and 
suitability against objective selection criteria 
with consideration of, amongst other things, 
the benefits of diversity on the Board, including 
gender. The Board has not set a diversity quota, 
however the Board encourages applications for 
roles being recruited from women subject to 
the selection criteria being met. Following the 
appointment of Lily Liu to the Board on 2 May 
2017, the gender ratio is 29% female versus 
71% male. 

•  Reviewing the size, structure, skills, 

knowledge and composition of the Board
•  Formulating plans for succession for both 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors
•  Making recommendations to the Board on 
the appointment of new Executive and Non-
Executive Directors and their reappointment 
following retirement by rotation.

Key issues and activities
The process adopted by the Committee to 
identify a candidate for a specific vacancy is, 
in the first instance, to determine whether any 
individuals known to the Committee would be 
suitable for the role. If no candidates can be 
identified through this process then an external 
search consultancy will be approached. 

Shortlisted candidates are interviewed 
by members of the Committee and other 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors as the 
Committee deems appropriate. Once a suitable 
candidate has been identified, the Chairman of 
the Committee will recommend to the Board 
that the Company make a formal offer of 
employment to the candidate. 

During the year, Lily Liu was appointed as new 
Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary 
on 2 May 2017.

All Directors are required to submit themselves 
for reappointment every year at the AGM. 

Robin Williams
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

57 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

Governance
The Remuneration Committee is appointed by 
the Board from the Non-Executive Directors of 
the Company. The Chairman of the Committee 
is Margaret Rice-Jones. The Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Human Resources Officer 
attend meetings by invitation, except when 
their own remuneration package is being 
discussed. The written terms of reference of 
the Committee are available on request from 
the Company Secretary.

Margaret Rice-Jones
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Responsibilities
The Remuneration Committee’s primary 
responsibilities are:

•  To make recommendations to the Board 

on the Group’s policy for executive 
remuneration, and review the ongoing 
appropriateness and relevance of the policy

•  To review the design of all share incentive 
plans and oversee any major changes in 
employee benefit structures

•  To monitor the level and structure of 
remuneration for senior managers

•  To determine the individual remuneration 
packages on behalf of the Board for the 
Executive Directors of the Group.

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Key issues and activities
The Committee has access to professional 
advice, both inside and outside the Company,  
in the furtherance of its duties. 

A new policy was adopted at the AGM in 
May 2017. Therefore the main activities of 
the Committee this year have been to ensure 
the direct linkage between the 2020 vision 
and the remuneration of Directors, along with 
considering and applying the new guidance 
available to the Committee from shareholder 
bodies, government and other stakeholders. 

The Directors’ Remuneration report sets out 
in more detail the Committee’s policies and 
practices on executive remuneration. 

Margaret Rice- Jones
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

58 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Governance continued

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

Statement from the Chairman  
of the Remuneration Committee 

Dear Shareholder 
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present 
the 2017 Remuneration report. This covers 
the actual amounts earned by Directors for the 
year ended 31 December 2017 and a forward 
looking guide to the minimal changes proposed 
to the performance measures within the Annual 
Bonus and Long Term Incentive plans. 

The Committee’s goals are to support the drive 
to deliver the 2020 vision by:

•  Attracting and retaining management  

of the highest calibre

•  Providing incentives that reward near  
and longer term achievement that are  
clearly linked to performance

•  Offering competitive packages comparable 

to those offered by companies similar  
to Xaar in terms of size and complexity
•  Being considerate to the climate for pay 
restraint, with awards biased towards 
delivery of sustainable long term growth

•  Taking into account the views of our 

shareholders.

Remuneration for 2017 
Despite the success in diversification of market 
segments during 2017 it was a challenging 
year for the Company as the Ceramics 
market continued to decline and delays were 
experienced in the manufacturing ramp of 
the new Thin Film 5601 product. Strong 
progress was made in the introduction of new 
products and we gained market share in certain 
key segments.

During the year we were pleased to welcome 
Lily Liu to the Board as she succeeded 
Alex Bevis as Chief Financial Officer. 

Annual bonus payments 
Following the profit warning in late 2017 no 
bonus payments will be made to employees 
or Directors (excluding Lily Liu – see below). 
The Committee considers this appropriate 
given the performance of the underlying 
business. We were disappointed with the 
slower than expected adoption of some of 
our new products and also the increased 
competition and maturity in ceramics hence 
the Board agreed it was not appropriate to 
pay a bonus for 2017 as the revenue and 
profit targets, set without the inclusion of the 
SII licence arrangement, were not met.

As part of the agreement of her remuneration 
before joining, Lily Liu was offered a pro-rata 
guaranteed bonus of 50% of her maximum 
entitlement for 2017 only.

Existing LTIP grants
The LTIP granted in 2015 are expected to 
vest. Cumulative EPS over the three year 
performance period ending 31 December 2017 
was 43.6 pence leading to vesting of 36.7% 
on that element of the grant. Threshold vesting 
was at 38 pence and maximum at 74 pence. 
Aon Hewitt has independently calculated the 
Relative TSR measured against the TechMARK. 
This was approaching the upper quartile 
leading to vesting of 90.85% on that element. 
Threshold vesting was at median performance 
relative to the index and maximum vesting 
at upper quartile. Total vesting is 55% of 
maximum entitlement. 

All terms of the 2016 and 2017 grants 
remain unchanged.

Leading remuneration decisions for 2018 
The policy was renewed with a binding vote 
at the AGM in May 2017. The Committee 
has exercised their discretion which is in 
accordance with the policy.

For 2018 remuneration links directly to the 
goals laid out for the pillars of the 2020 vision.

Base salary
An Executive Director’s basic salary is set on 
appointment and reviewed annually or when 
there is a change in position or responsibility.

When determining an appropriate level of salary, 
the Committee considers: 

•  general salary rises to employees 
•  remuneration practices within the Company 
•  any change in scope, role and responsibilities 
•  the general performance of the Company 
•  the experience of the relevant Director 
•  the economic environment 
•  when the Committee determines a 

benchmarking exercise is appropriate 
(normally every three years) salaries within 
the ranges paid by the companies in the 
comparator groups used for remuneration 
benchmarking. 

Individuals who are recruited or promoted to 
the Board may, on occasion, have their salaries 
set below the targeted policy level until they 
become established in their role. In such cases 
subsequent increases in salary may be higher 
than the general rises for employees until the 
target positioning is achieved. It is proposed 
to increase the base salaries of Doug Edwards 
and Lily Liu by 3% from 1 July 2018 subject to 
continued performance. This level is within the 
range of increases for the general employee 
base. Ted Wiggans will not receive an increase.

Bonus
Introduction of new performance measure
For Doug Edwards only it is proposed to 
introduce a cash element to the bonus scheme 
for 2018.

In this year the weighting of his bonus elements 
will be:

•  Profit 53%
•  Revenue 35%
•  Cash 12%

The Company considers its performance 
targets to be commercially sensitive information 
but as in past years will fully disclose the exact 
measurements retrospectively in the event of 
any payout.

 
 
 
 
 
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

59 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Long term incentives
Three Year cumulative EPS targets
Threshold vesting will be at 39 pence. 
The minimum target is set by achievement 
of clear progress and growth over the 
2017 results. The maximum target is set by 
achievement of very significant improvement 
and the trends implicit in the 2020 vision. 
This level will be 62 pence.

Revenue targets
Threshold vesting will be at £130 million. 
The minimum target is set by achievement of 
clear progress and annual growth of 9.09% 
over the 2017 results. The maximum target 
is set by achievement of very significant 
improvement and the trends implicit in the 
2020 vision. This level will be £200 million and 
represents compound annual growth of 30%.

Introduction of a new performance measure 
and weighting of existing measures
During 2017 we commenced amortisation of 
the development of the Thin Film platform as 
we moved to the phase of product introduction. 
Over the last five years Xaar has capitalised  
£31.5 million in the development of this  
platform. The Committee believes that it is  
now appropriate to start to reward Executive 
Directors for delivering returns on this and  
other product investments.

In order to achieve this we propose to introduce 
a new measure for LTIP vesting covering 
new product sales performance. This would 
measure the sales in 2020 for products based 
on the new Thin Film platform (5601) and also 
the Advanced Manufacturing category that 
includes 3D printing. This directly measures 
success in two of our critical pillars and the 
returns made from our recent R&D investment.

The weighting of the three measures for  
LTIP vesting will be:

•  Three year cumulative EPS 50%
•  Revenue 30%
•  Thin Film new product sales 

performance 20%.

All other terms remain unchanged from the 
2017 plans.

UK Corporate Governance Code
The Committee has also considered the 
guidance of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code. Malus and clawback provisions have 
been in place for sometime and are unaltered. 
The Committee introduced post vesting holding 
periods in the policy review last year and also 
increased the minimum target shareholding 
holding requirements to 200%, these are all 
considered appropriate for a company of the 
size of Xaar.

We remain committed to openly reporting 
the details of our Director pay arrangements 
and to consulting with shareholders on any 
changes as required. We will continue to 
maintain a dialogue with investors regarding our 
disclosures to ensure we clearly communicate 
our arrangements as far as possible without it 
impacting our commerciality. If you would like 
to discuss any aspect of this report, I would 
be happy to hear from you. You may contact 
me through Lily Liu, Company Secretary or 
Karen Leahy, who provides support to  
Non-Executive Directors.

Margaret Rice-Jones
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

21 March 2018

60 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Governance continued

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Annual report on remuneration
This part of the report sets out the actual payments made by the Company to its Directors with respect to the year ended 31 December 2017.

The Remuneration Committee’s policy is to attract and retain individuals of the highest calibre by offering remuneration competitive with comparable 
publicly listed companies, and to drive Company performance by providing arrangements which fairly and responsibly reward individuals for their 
contribution to the success of the Group. Performance related bonuses and equity-based remuneration represent a substantial proportion of 
Executive Directors’ potential remuneration.

Single figure table
The aggregate remuneration provided to Directors who have served as Directors in the year ended 31 December 2017 is set out below, along with 
the aggregate remuneration provided to such Directors for the financial year ended 31 December 2016.

Director

Year ended 31 December 2017
Executive
Doug Edwards
Lily Liu1
Alex Bevis2
Ted Wiggans 
Non-Executive
Robin Williams (Chairman)
Margaret Rice-Jones
Chris Morgan
Andrew Herbert

Year ended 31 December 2016
Executive
Doug Edwards
Jim Brault3
Alex Bevis
Ted Wiggans
Non-Executive
Phil Lawler (Chairman)4
Margaret Rice-Jones
Chris Morgan
Andrew Herbert5
Robin Williams4

Salary/fees(a)
£’000(a)

Benefits(b)
£’000(b)

Bonus(c) 
£’000(c)

Long term(d)
incentives(d) 
£’000(d)

Pension(e) 
£’000(e)

Total
remuneration
£’000

330
152
48
230

100
47
43
46

307
36
182
230

59
44
42
25
57

56
36
5
24

–
–
–
–

50
5
21
24

–
–
_
_
–

–
77
_
_

–
–
–
–

39
5
24
29

–
–
_
_
–

175
18
73
106

–
–
–
–

2
_
2
_

–
–
_
_
–

33
15
5
23

–
–
–
–

31
2
18
23

–
–
_
_
–

594
298
131
383

100
47
43
46

429
48
247
306

59
44
42
25
57

1  Lily Liu joined the Board on 2 May 2017.
2  Alex Bevis stepped down from the Board on 29 March 2017.
3  Jim Brault stepped down from the Board on 16 March 2016.
4  Phil Lawler stepped down from the Board on 30 September 2016 and Robin Williams was appointed Chairman.
5  Andrew Herbert joined the Board on 1 June 2016.

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

61 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

The figures in the single figure table on page 60 are derived from the following:

(a) Salary/fees

(b) Benefits

(c) Bonus

(d) Long Term Incentives 

The amount of base salary/fees received in the year.

This is the taxable value of benefits and the flexible benefits allowance received in the year. 
This includes any relocation allowance claimed in 2017.

The value of the bonus earned in respect of the year. The bonus paid to Lily Liu was agreed 
as part of her remuneration before joining in recognition of the fact that she was unable to 
fully assess the likelihood of results or influence target setting of the business prior to joining. 

The value of performance related incentives vesting in respect of the financial year and the 
value of SAYE options and Matching Shares under the HMRC approved Share Incentive Plan 
(SIP) granted based on the fair value of the options/shares at grant.

The performance condition for the Performance Share Awards granted under the LTIP on  
2 April 2015 was a cumulative EPS amount delivered over the three year performance period 
ending 31 December 2017 plus a relative TSR measure.

For the year ended 31 December 2017, the Company’s EPS achieved 43.6 pence over the 
three year performance period commencing 1 January 2015 and ending 31 December 2017, 
and Xaar was ranked 12th against the 41 companies in the FTSE TechMARK Index during 
the performance period. This will result in 55% of the granted LTIPs vesting in April 2018. 

For the year ended 31 December 2016 comparative figures, none of the Performance Share 
Awards and Matching Share Awards in respect of the year ending 31 December 2016 vested.

Also included in the long term incentives figure are:

•  SAYE options granted in the year, valued at the accounting value on date of grant.

(e) Pension

The value of the employer contribution to the defined contribution pension plan (or the value 
of a salary supplement paid in lieu of a contribution to this pension plan).

Individual elements of remuneration
Base salary and fees
Base salaries for Executive Directors were reviewed by the Remuneration Committee prior to the beginning of each year and when an individual 
changes position or responsibility. From 2016, the annual review was effective from 1 July. In deciding appropriate levels, the Remuneration 
Committee considers the role, responsibility, and experience of the individual, corporate and individual performance, market conditions, and the  
range of salary increases awarded across the Group.

The Remuneration Policy for the Non-Executive Directors is reviewed periodically. 

Benefits
Benefits principally comprise a car allowance, private medical insurance and basic levels of other insurances (such as income protection cover).  
In addition, Executive Directors are provided with an allowance of 5% of base salary which they can apply to a range of benefits such as life insurance 
and critical illness insurance.

62 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Governance continued

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Pension 
The Company operates a self-administered, defined contribution, HMRC approved pension scheme. All current Executive Directors participate  
in this scheme. In appropriate circumstances, Executive Directors may take a salary supplement instead of contributions into a pension plan.  
This salary supplement does not form part of salary for the purposes of calculating any other entitlement under the policy. Non-Executive Directors  
do not receive pension contributions.

Annual bonus
For the year ended 31 December 2017 the annual bonus was based on performance against a Group profit target, which was not achieved for 2017. 
As a consequence, an annual bonus will not be paid for 2017. 

To facilitate the appointment of our new CFO, Lily Liu, she was offered a guaranteed amount equal to her on-target bonus (pro-rated to start date). 
This will result in a payment of £76,877 in March 2018.

The Board considers the Group profit target to be a matter that is commercially sensitive. The Board believes that the advance disclosure of this 
commercially sensitive information could negatively impact the Company’s competitive position by providing our competitors with insight into our 
business plans, expectations and our strategic actions resulting in significant risk to future profitability and shareholder value. It will however disclose 
targets retrospectively in relation to any bonuses paid. 

For 2017 the two bonus targets were set as revenue and adjusted profit before tax. For revenue the threshold was set at £103 million and the on 
target performance was £115 million; the minimum threshold was not met. For adjusted profit before tax the threshold was £9 million and the on 
target performance was £12.2 million. This target was set for performance in the underlying business and did not include the SII licence arrangement 
when it was set and hence the Board agreed that the target conditions had not been met.

Long term incentives awarded during the financial year
The table below outlines awards made under the LTIP to Executive Directors in 2017:

Award basis

Performance 
condition

Number of 
shares

Face value of 
the award
£’000

Vesting at 
EPS & Revenue 
threshold

Performance
period

16 May 2017

Doug Edwards

16 May 2017

Lily Liu

16 May 2017

Ted Wiggans

16 May 2017

Lily Liu

Performance 
Share plan 
Awards

Buy out of 
grant on 
joining

EPS
TSR
Revenue
EPS
TSR
Revenue
EPS
TSR
Revenue

76,580
127,634
51,053
37,277
31,065
24,851
37,277
31,065
24,851

Profit

31,979

283
473
189
138
115
92
138
115
92

120

25% of award

1 January 2017 to 
31 December 2019

n/a

16 May 2017 to  
31 March 2019

Vesting date

16 May 2020
16 May 2020
16 May 2020
16 May 2020
16 May 2020
16 May 2020
16 May 2020
16 May 2020
16 May 2020

16 May 2020

The share prices used to calculate the face value of the Performance Share award was £3.702 being the mid-market prices on the days prior to 
award date and £3.7525 for the buy-out grant award which was the average on 16 May 2017.

The performance conditions for the LTIP and awards are described in full on pages 125 to 126.

63 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Shareholding guidelines and total shareholdings of Directors 
On 16 May 2017, the Remuneration Committee introduced a shareholding guideline of 2x salary. Executive Directors will be expected to move 
towards the new guidelines as new grants vest. The extent to which each Executive Director has met the shareholding guideline is shown in the  
table below:

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Shareholding 
guidelines

Current 
shareholdings 
(% of salary)

Type

Owned 
outright

Vested

Subject to 
performance 
conditions

Not subject to 
performance 
conditions

Total as at  
31 December 
2017

Unvested

Name

Executive Directors
Doug Edwards

200% of salary

33,031 (35%)

Lily Liu

200% of salary

14,000 (23%)

Ted Wiggans

200% of salary

70,749 (115%)

Alex Bevis1

200% of salary

58,017 (110%)

Shares 
LTIP options 
SAYE options
Matching SIP
Shares 
LTIP options 
SAYE options
Shares 
LTIP options 
SAYE options
Matching SIP

Shares 
LTIP options 

33,031
–
–
–
14,000
–
–
70,749
–
–
–

58,017
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–
–

–
449,164
–
–
–
125,172
–
–
185,088
–
–

–
60,672

–
–

–
–
4,316
854
–
–
5,232
–
–
5,325
490

–
–

–
–

33,885
449,164
4,316
854
14,000
125,172
5,232
70,749
185,088
5,325
490

58,017
60,672

10,000
5,700

Non-Executive Directors
Robin Williams (Chairman)
Margaret Rice-Jones

–
–

–
–

Shares
Shares

10,000
5,700

1  Alex Bevis stepped down from the Board on 29 March 2017. Lapsing occurred at the point of stepping down. Refer to payments to past Directors for more detail on page 65.

There have been no changes in the Directors’ holdings in the share capital of the Company, as set out in the table above, between  
31 December 2017 and 21 March 2018. 

64 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Governance continued

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Outstanding Directors’ share awards
The awards held by Executive Directors of the Company under the LTIP are shown below:

LTIP
The outstanding awards granted to each Executive Director of the Company under the Xaar plc 2007 and 2017 LTIP are as follows. All options under 
the LTIP are nil-cost options such that no exercise price is payable. The performance conditions for these LTIP awards are described in full in note 32.

Granted 
during 
the year

Exercised 
during
the year

Lapsed 
during 
the year

As at 
31 December 
2017 

Share price 
at date 
of grant

Grant date

Earliest 
date of 
exercise

Expiry date

Name

Doug Edwards

 Alex Bevis1, 2

Ted Wiggans

Lily Liu

As at 
1 January 
2017

73,305
61,539
11,4943
47,559
–

–
–
–
–
255,267

193,897

255,267

60,417
18,798
8,6983
41,295
34,667
17,0503
19,562

200,487

20,355
8,8003
44,716
47,179
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
93,193

121,050

93,193

–
–

–

93,193
31,979

125,172

– 
–
–
–
–

– 

–
–
–
–
–

–

2 April 2015
73,305
1 April 2016
61,539
11 May 2016
11,494
47,559 25 August 2016
16 May 2017

255,267

449,164

(60,417)
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
(18,798)
(8,698)
(10,323)
(20,222)
(9,946)
(11,411)

2 April 2012
–
2 April 2014
–
12 May 2014
–
2 April 2015
30,972
1 April 2016
14,445
11 May 2016
7,104
8,151 25 August 2016

(60,417)

(79,398)

60,672

£4.09
£4.875
£4.93

2 April 2018
1 April 2019
11 May 2019

2 April 2025
1 April 2026
11 May 2026
£4.9675 25 August 2019 25 August 2026
16 May 2027

16 May 20204

£3.702

£2.36
£8.96
£7.52
£4.09
£4.875
£4.93

2 April 2022
2 April 2024
12 May 2024
2 April 2025
1 April 2026
11 May 2026
£4.9675 25 August 2019 25 August 2026

2 April 2015
2 April 2017
12 May 2017
2 April 2018
1 April 2019
11 May 2019

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–

–

(20,355)
(8,800)
–
–
–

–
–
44,716
47,179
93,193

2 April 2014
12 May 2014
2 April 2015
1 April 2016
16 May 2017

£8.96
£7.52
£4.09
£4.875
£3.702

2 April 2017
12 May 2017
2 April 2018
1 April 2019
16 May 20204

2 April 2024
12 May 2024
2 April 2025
1 April 2026
16 May 2027

(29,155)

185,088

–
–

–

93,193
31,979

16 May 2017
16 May 2017

£3.702
£3.7525

16 May 20204
16 May 2020

16 May 2027
16 May 2027

125,172

1  Number of shares as at 31 December 2017, or at date of leaving if earlier LTIPs granted as part of the bonus matching scheme.
2  Alex Bevis exercised post stepping down as Director. Lapsing occurred at the point of stepping down. Refer to payments to past Directors for more detail on page 65.
3  LTIPs granted as part of the bonus matching scheme.
4  A two year hold is in place with 33% being held for one year and 33% two years after vesting.

 
 
 
 
65 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

All employee share plans
The Executive Directors may participate in the Company’s all employee share plans, the Xaar plc SAYE Scheme (SAYE Scheme) and the Xaar SIP, 
on the same basis as other employees. 

The SAYE Scheme provides an opportunity to save a set monthly amount (up to £500) over three years towards the exercise of a discounted share 
option, which is granted at the start of the three years. 

The SIP provides an opportunity for employees to buy shares from their pre-tax remuneration up to the limit permitted by the relevant tax legislation 
(currently £1,800 per year) and are awarded additional shares for free on a matching basis; the Company currently operates the plan on the basis 
of a 1:1 match but may award Matching Shares up to the maximum ratio permitted by the relevant tax legislation (currently a 2:1 ratio). 

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Options and awards under these plans are not subject to performance conditions.

The outstanding awards granted to each Executive Director under the SAYE Scheme are as follows:

Name

Doug Edwards
Lily Liu
Ted Wiggans

As at 
1 January 
2017

4,316
–
5,325

Granted 
during 
the year

–
5,232
–

Exercised 
during 
the year

As at 
31 December 
2017

Grant date

Exercise 
price

Earliest 
date of 
exercise

–
–
–

4,316 1 November 2015
5,232 1 November 2017
5,325 1 November 2014

£4.17 1 November 2018
£3.44 1 November 2020
£3.38 1 November 2017

The outstanding awards granted to each Executive Director under the SIP are as follows:

Name

Doug Edwards
Ted Wiggans

Payments for loss of office made during the year
No payments for loss of office were made during the year.

Expiry date

1 May 2019
1 May 2021
1 May 2018

Total number 
of matching 
shares as at 
31 December 
2017

854
490

Payments to past Directors
On 29 March 2017 Alex Bevis, CFO, left Xaar to pursue other opportunities. As stated in the 2016 Annual Report, the Remuneration Committee 
exercised their discretion to allow unvested LTIPs to be retained after a pro-rata adjustment. All other conditions including vesting date and 
performance conditions remained unchanged. The details of the vesting outcomes of his future vesting LTIP awards will be provided in the 
Annual Report for the appropriate year. No bonus was paid for 2017.

66 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Governance continued

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Performance graph and table
The graph on this page shows the Company’s performance measured by total shareholder return (TSR), compared with the performance of the  
FTSE TechMARK All Share Index, which the Remuneration Committee considers to be the most appropriate index for comparison because they 
illustrate the Company’s TSR performance against a broad equity market index of similar UK companies. 

Total Shareholder Return

)

d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(

)

£

(

l

e
u
a
V

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0
Dec -08  

Dec -09  

Dec -10  

Dec -11  

Dec -12  

Dec -13  

Dec -14  

Dec -15  

Dec -16  

Dec -17  

Xaar 

FTSE TechMARK All Share

FTSE Small Cap

Source: Datastream (Thomson Reuters).

This graph shows the value, by 31 December 2017, of £100 invested in Xaar on 31 December 2008, compared with the value of £100 invested in the 
FTSE TechMARK All Share and FTSE Smallcap Indices on the same date on a yearly basis.

The other points plotted are the values at intervening financial year-ends.

 
 
67 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

The table below shows details of the total remuneration, annual bonus (as a percentage of maximum opportunity) and LTIP vesting percentage  
for the CEO over the last nine financial years.

Year ended 31 December 2017

Year ended 31 December 2016
Year ended 31 December 2015 
Year ended 31 December 2014
Year ended 31 December 2013
Year ended 31 December 2012
Year ended 31 December 2011
Year ended 31 December 2010 
Year ended 31 December 2009

Total
remuneration

Annual bonus 
as a % 
of maximum 
opportunity

LTIP as a % 
of maximum 
opportunity

579

429
571
562
1,379
649
1,244
504 
229

0%

12.5%
48% 
0%
83%
53%
100%
80% 
0%

50%

0%
0%
100%
100%
100%
100%
32%
0%

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

CEO pay increase in relation to all employees
The table below sets out in relation to salary and annual bonus the increase between the pay for the year ended 31 December 2016 and the pay 
for the year ended 31 December 2017 for the CEO compared with the average increase/bonus award between the same periods for the wider 
workforce. For the purposes of the table below, the wider workforce has been defined as the UK employees of the Group. This comparator group 
was chosen because it is the most relevant sub-set of employees and can be used consistently.

Element of remuneration

Salary – % change
Annual bonus – absolute % of salary paid
Benefits – absolute % of salary paid

CEO

7.5%
0%
17%

Wider 
workforce 
average

3.5%
0%
9%

Spend on pay
The table below sets out the Group’s distributions to shareholders by way of dividends and total Group-wide expenditure on pay for all employees 
(including employer social security, pension contributions and share-based payments), as reported in the audited financial statements for the financial 
year ended 31 December 2017. 

Dividends paid to shareholders
Group-wide expenditure on pay for all employees (note 8)

2017
£’000

7,728
33,932

2016 
£’000

7,328
31,055

Change %

5%
9%

Implementation of Directors’ Remuneration Policy for the financial year commencing 1 January 2018
Information on how the Company intends to implement the policy for the financial year commencing 1 January 2018 is set out below.

We want our remuneration policy to support the transformation of Xaar to lead the digital inkjet revolution and 2020 vision. A new three year policy 
was approved in 2017 to drive the delivery of the vision, to retain the key Executive talent required to deliver the transformation and to align Executive 
and shareholder interests.

 
68 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Governance continued

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Basic salary and fees
Our approach on base salary continues to be to provide a fixed remuneration component which reflects the increased experience and heightened 
complexity of the roles and the increasing business and geographic diversity. 

The Remuneration Committee considers it to be appropriate to increase base salary for the CEO to £355,350 effective 1 July 2018. The salary  
of CFO Lily Liu will be increased to £236,900 effective 1 July 2018. There will be no change for the COO in 2018 as he is retiring in 2018. 

The proposed base salary increases for the Executive Directors are shown below:

Year ended 31 December 2017

Doug Edwards
Lily Liu 
Ted Wiggans

The proposed fee increases for the Non-Executive Directors are shown below:

Year ended 31 December 2017

Additional duties

Additional fees

Robin Williams
Margaret Rice-Jones
Andrew Herbert
Chris Morgan

Rem Com & SID
Audit Committee

£4,000
£3,000

Increase 
effective from

1 July 2018
1 July 2018
–

Increase 
effective from

1 July 2018
1 July 2018
1 July 2018
1 July 2018

2017

2018

% increase

£345,000
£230,000
£230,000

£355,350
£236,900
£230,000

3%
3%
0%

2017

2018

% increase

£102,000
£44,300
£44,250
£44,100

£104,550
£45,203
£45,203
£45,203

2.5%
2.0%
2.2%
2.5%

Annual bonus
No significant changes have been made to the total bonus structure, therefore, the maximum opportunity for the CEO is 125% and for the CFO 
and  COO is 100% of salary. The core performance metrics of the bonus are profit and revenue growth. A cash component will be added for the 
CEO for 2018.

The Board considers the Group profit, revenue and cash targets for 2018 to be matters that are commercially sensitive and should therefore remain 
confidential to the Company. It provides our competitors with insight into our business plans, expectations and our strategic actions. However, the 
Remuneration Committee will disclose on a retrospective basis how the Company’s performance relates to any annual bonus payments made.

Long term incentives
A new strategic goal will be added to reward the returns from the R&D investment in two pillars of our 2020 vision. Thin Film has seen significant 
investment over the last four years which has been capitalised. As amortisation commenced in 2017, it is now appropriate to set a target that relates 
to the revenue derived from this pillar along with that from Advanced Manufacturing. The performance target will be set as an absolute revenue target 
which will be measured in 2020. It will have an appropriate minimum threshold and straight-line vesting to a stretch maximum achievement.

The Board considers the exact details of this target to be a matter that is commercially sensitive and should therefore remain confidential to the 
Company. It provides our competitors with insight into our business plans, expectations and our strategic actions. However, the Remuneration 
Committee will disclose on a retrospective basis how the Company’s performance relates to any vesting of this component.

 
69 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Consideration by the Directors of matters relating to Directors’ remuneration
Membership
The Company has established a Remuneration Committee which is constituted in accordance with the recommendations of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. The terms of reference of the Remuneration Committee can be obtained by contacting the Company Secretary.

The Remuneration Committee is chaired by Margaret Rice-Jones. The other members during the year ended 31 December 2017 were  
Robin Williams, Andrew Herbert and Chris Morgan. All members of the Remuneration Committee are considered independent within the  
meaning of the UK Corporate Governance Code. 

The principal function of the Remuneration Committee is to determine, on behalf of the Board, the specific remuneration and other benefits  
of Executive Directors, including pension contributions, bonus arrangements, long term incentives and service contracts. The fees paid to the  
Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman. The fees paid to the Chairman are determined by the  
Chief Executive Officer and the Non-Executive Directors.

Additionally, the Remuneration Committee makes recommendations to the Board on the framework of Executive Director remuneration as well as 
principal Company-wide compensation programmes.

The members of the Remuneration Committee have no personal financial interest, other than as shareholders, in the matters to be decided, no actual 
or potential conflicts of interest arising from other directorships and no day to day operational responsibility within the Company. Executive Directors 
are entitled to accept appointments outside the Group providing that the Chairman’s permission is sought.

Advisors to the Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is assisted in its work by Xaar’s human resources department including the Chief Human Resources Officer. The Chief 
Executive Officer is consulted on the remuneration of those who report directly to him and also of other senior Executives. No Executive Director or 
employee is present or takes part in discussions in respect of matters relating directly to their own remuneration. 

During the year, the Remuneration Committee was not assisted in its work by any external consultants.

70 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Governance continued

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Shareholder voting
The Company remains committed to ongoing shareholder dialogue and takes an active interest in voting outcomes. The following table sets out 
actual voting in respect of the resolution to approve the Directors’ Remuneration report for the year ended 31 December 2016.

Number of votes

Resolution 12 – Directors’ Remuneration report for the year ended 31 December 2016

Resolution 13 – Directors’ Remuneration policy for the year ended 31 December 2016

Resolution 17 – Approve the 2017 LTIP plan rules

For (including) 
discretion)

Against

57,155,923
(88.0%)

7,801,350
(12.0%)

Withheld

1,194

54,599,814
(86.2%)

8,720,060
(13.8%)

1,527,691

54,658,242
(86.2%)

8,772,533
(13.8%)

1,527,692

Directors’ Remuneration Policy
This part of the report sets out the Company’s Directors’ Remuneration Policy, which took binding effect from 16 May 2017. The Policy is determined 
by the Remuneration Committee.

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy is not audited.

Policy table for Executive Directors
The table below describes each of the elements of the remuneration package for the Executive Directors. This is the proposed policy to run until  
May 2020.

Base salary

Objective

Core element of fixed remuneration that provides the basis to recruit and retain talent necessary to deliver the business strategy.

Operation

Normally reviewed annually and any increases generally apply from 1 January or 1 July (but may be reviewed more frequently  
if required).

When determining base salary levels, consideration is given to the following:

•  Role, responsibility and experience of the individual
•  Corporate and individual performance
•  Market conditions including typical pay levels for comparable roles in companies of a similar size and complexity
•  The range of salary increases awarded across the Group.

Opportunity

No maximum salary opportunity has been set out in this policy report to avoid setting expectations for Executive Directors  
and employees.

The base salaries effective as at 1 July 2018, are shown on page 68. The Remuneration Committee resolved to move base 
salaries progressively to a level which is market competitive (in general, positioned below median) taking account of individual 
factors such as:

•  Increase in scope and responsibility
•  A new Executive Director being moved to market positioning over time
•  Alignment to market level.

Performance 
measure

Not applicable.

 
 
 
71 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Benefits

Objective

Provide a market-competitive benefits package to recruit and retain Directors of the calibre required for the business.

Participation in the Company’s Share Incentive Plan (SIP) and Share Save Scheme (SAYE) encourages share ownership and 
alignment with the wider workforce.

Operation

Executive Directors receive base benefits including car allowance, private medical insurance, and basic levels of other 
insurances (such as critical illness cover).

All UK staff, including Executive Directors, are also provided with a benefit allowance which they can apply to a range of 
benefits, including pension contributions. In some circumstances, and subject to Remuneration Committee approval, the 
allowance may be paid in cash rather than utilised to purchase benefits.

The SIP and SAYE are HMRC approved share plans for all employees facilitating the acquisition of shares in the Company  
at a discount.

Other benefits may be provided based on individual circumstances, such as, but not limited to: housing or relocation 
allowances, travel allowance or other expatriate benefits.

Opportunity

Whilst the Remuneration Committee has not set an absolute maximum on the level of benefits Executive Directors receive, 
the value of benefits is set at a level which the Remuneration Committee considers to be appropriately positioned taking into 
account relevant market levels based on the nature and location of the role and individual circumstances.

The flexible benefits allowance is currently up to 5% of base salary. 

The Remuneration Committee has the authority to review and amend this rate as appropriate. Individuals have the choice  
to invest all or part of this amount in their pension scheme, in addition to the benefits outlined in the ‘Retirement benefits’ 
section of this table.

SAYE and SIP limits as permitted in accordance with the relevant tax legislation.

Performance 
measures

Not applicable.

Retirement benefits

Objective

Provide market competitive post-employment benefits to recruit and retain Directors of the calibre required for the business.

Operation

Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the defined contribution pension scheme (or such other pension plan  
as may be deemed appropriate).

In appropriate circumstances, Executive Directors may take a salary supplement instead of contributions into a pension plan.

Opportunity

10% of base salary for the Executive Directors.

The Remuneration Committee has the authority to review and amend this rate as appropriate.

Performance 
measures

Not applicable.

72 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Governance continued

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Annual bonus

Objective

Operation

Rewards performance against annual targets which support the strategic direction of the Company. The majority of staff 
participate in the same scheme.

Targets are set annually and any pay-out is determined by the Remuneration Committee after the period-end, based on 
performance against those targets. The Remuneration Committee has discretion to vary the bonus pay-out should any 
formulaic output not produce a fair result for either the Executive Director or the Company, taking account of the Remuneration 
Committee’s assessment of overall business performance.

The annual bonus is delivered in cash. 

Additionally Directors may opt to invest in the Company SIP (refer to note 32 for details).

Opportunity

Overall maximum annual bonus 125% of salary for CEO and 100% for CFO and COO. This will normally be subject to the 
following performance components:

Profit
The Company profit performance element represents 60% of the bonus and has a direct relationship with adjusted profit  
before tax, excluding any impact of IAS 38. A minimum profit threshold is set.

Revenue growth
The Company revenue performance element represents 40% of the bonus. This measure is based on revenue growth 
performance with a minimum profit threshold.

The pay-out has the following parameters:

•  Below threshold performance: 0% of the maximum opportunity
•  On-target performance: 50% of the maximum opportunity
•  Maximum: 100% of the maximum opportunity.

The Committee may vary the weighting of these measures and could consider alternative measures in future years. 

Performance 
measures

Stretching performance targets are set each year reflecting the business priorities that underpin Group strategy.

125% (CEO) and 100% (CFO and COO) of salary can be earned based on achieving the maximum financial performance 
targets and subject to individual performance.

73 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Long Term Incentive Plan

Objective

Drive and reward the achievement of longer term objectives aligned closely to shareholders’ interests.

Retain key Executives over a longer term measurement period.

Provide alignment with shareholders’ interests.

Support retention and promote share ownership.

Operation

Following the approval by shareholders in May 2017, the LTIP will operate as follows:

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

An award of performance shares (zero priced share options) may be granted on an annual basis. The award is composed  
of two elements:

•  The base LTIP award is the primary element and will vest after three years subject to the achievement of the applied 

performance conditions

•  An outperformance multiplier will be applied to the base LTIP grant for the delivery of results relative to the FTSE small cap 
market. For upper quartile results, the base award will be multiplied by x1.167. For upper decile results, the CEO’s base 
award will be multiplied by x2 (x1.5 for the CFO and COO).

Vesting will occur at the end of a three year period. A two year hold is introduced with 33% being held for one year after vesting 
and 33% being held for two years after vesting.

Vested LTIP options must be exercised within ten years of the date of grant. Under the rules of the LTIP, the Remuneration 
Committee has discretion to satisfy vested LTIP awards in cash.

On the vesting/exercise of an LTIP award, the Remuneration Committee has the discretion to decide that Executives can 
receive an amount (in cash or shares) equal to the dividends paid or payable between the date of grant and the vesting of an 
award on the number of shares which have vested.

Awards may vest early on a change of control (or other relevant event) subject to the satisfaction of the performance  
conditions (as determined by the Remuneration Committee) and pro-rating for the LTIP was previously approved by 
shareholders in April 2007.

The Remuneration Committee may at its discretion structure awards as Approved Long Term Incentive Plan (ALTIP) awards. 
ALTIP awards enable the participant and Company to benefit from HMRC approved option tax treatment in respect of part of 
the award, without increasing the pre-tax value delivered to participants. ALTIP awards may be structured either as an approved 
option for the part of the award up to the HMRC limit (currently £30,000) with an unapproved option for the balance and a 
‘linked award’ to fund the exercise price of the approved option, or as an approved option and an LTIP award, with the vesting of 
the LTIP award scaled back to take account of any gain made on the exercise of the approved option. Other than to enable the 
grant of ALTIP awards, the Company will not grant awards to Executive Directors under the Executive Share Option Plan.

Maximum 
opportunity

The maximum annual award of the base LTIP will be 150% of base salary for CEO and 100% of salary for CFO and COO.

The outperformance multiplier could increase the maximum opportunity for the CEO to 300% of salary and to 150% for the 
CFO and COO.

For the LTIP, for threshold performance, 25% of award will vest. 

Straight-line vesting applies between threshold and maximum vesting.

These limits do not include the value of shares subject to any approved option granted as part of an LTIP award.

Performance 
measures

Stretching performance targets are set each year reflecting the business priorities that underpin longer term Group strategy. 

The base LTIP award will normally be measured using the following:

•  Three year cumulative EPS growth – 60%
•  Three year revenue growth – 40%.

The Remuneration Committee retains the discretion to alter the weighting of measures and to apply alternative or additional 
measures in future years. The outperformance multiplier will be measured against relative TSR of the FTSE SmallCAP index. 

74 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Governance continued

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Malus, clawback and underpin provisions
The Remuneration Committee has the right to:

•  Reduce any LTIP awards which have not yet vested (i.e. a malus provision) if an act or omission contributes to a material misstatement of the 

Group’s financial statements or results in material loss or reputational damage for the Company

•  Recover cash or shares which have been paid or transferred (i.e. a clawback provision) if an act or omission contributes to a material misstatement 

of the Group’s financial statements or results in material loss or reputational damage for the Company, for a period up to two years following 
determination of the vesting outcome

•  Apply an underpin to LTIP vesting and bonus achievement and to flex the weighting of performance measure in the event of early vesting as a 

result of change of control.

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors
The table below sets out an overview of the remuneration of Non-Executive Directors.

Alignment with strategy/purpose

Approach of the Company

Chairman and Non-Executive  
Directors’ fees
Provide an appropriate reward  
to attract and retain Directors  
of the calibre required for  
the business.

The remuneration of the Chairman of the Board is set by the Remuneration Committee and the Chief 
Executive Officer. Fees are set at a level which reflects the skills, knowledge, and experience of the 
individual, whilst taking into account appropriate market data.

The fee is set as a fixed annual fee and may be paid wholly or partly in cash or Company shares.

The Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer are responsible for deciding Non-Executive Directors’ fees. 
Fees are set taking into account several factors, including the size and complexity of the business, fees  
paid to Non-Executive Directors of UK listed companies of a similar size and complexity, and the 
expected time commitment and contribution for the role.

The fees are set as a fixed annual fee and may be paid wholly or partly in cash or Company shares.  
Overall fees paid to Directors will remain within the limit stated of £300,000 in our Articles of Association. 

Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any incentive scheme.

Directors may be eligible to benefits such as the use of secretarial support, travel costs or other benefits  
that may be appropriate.

Explanation of performance metrics chosen
The annual bonus is assessed against financial targets which are determined by the Remuneration Committee, typically Group adjusted profit before 
tax excluding any impact of IAS 38 and revenue growth. This incentivises Executive Directors to focus on delivering the key financial goals of the 
Company. These targets therefore ensure that the interests of the Executive Directors are aligned with those of the shareholders.

For the LTIP, long term performance measures are chosen by the Remuneration Committee to provide a robust and transparent basis on which 
to measure Xaar’s performance over the longer term and to provide alignment with Xaar’s business strategy. EPS, Revenue growth and TSR are 
deemed to be the key measure of success of the execution of our long term strategy. 

The Remuneration Committee retains the discretion to adjust the performance targets and measures where it considers it appropriate to do so (for 
example, to reflect changes in the structure of the business and to assess performance on a fair and consistent basis from year to year), and has 
exercised its discretion in this area of leaver provisions as described under CFO transition in the 2016 Annual Report.

Awards may be adjusted in the event of a variation of capital in accordance with the scheme rules.

75 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Pay policy for other employees
The Company values its wider workforce and aims to provide a remuneration package that is market competitive, complies with any statutory 
requirements, and is applied fairly and equitably across the wider employee population. Where remuneration is not determined by statutory regulation, 
the key principles of the compensation philosophy are as follows:

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

•  We remunerate people in a manner that allows for stability of the business and the opportunity for sustainable long term growth
•  We seek to remunerate fairly and consistently for each role with due regard to the marketplace, internal consistency and the Company’s  

ability to pay

•  The Company operates HMRC approved SIP and SAYE and invites all employees to participate, therefore encouraging wider workforce  

share ownership.

Illustrations of application of remuneration policy
The charts below set out an illustration of the remuneration policy, in line with the policy above and include base salary, pension, benefits and 
incentives. The charts provide an illustration of the proportion of total remuneration made up of each component of the policy and the value of each 
component.

For these purposes base salary reflects the salary at 1 January 2018 and any anticipated increases in July 2018. Bonus is based on anticipated base 
salary as at 31 December 2018. Benefits are calculated as 12% of average salary for 2018. Pension is based on the policy set out in the policy table. 
LTIP awards are based on a base salary level pre 1 July 2018, and are calculated as set out in the policy on pages 60 to 63. 

Three scenarios have been illustrated for each Executive Director.

Minimum performance

•  No bonus pay-out
•  No vesting under the LTIP.

Performance at mid point 

•  62.5% of salary pay-out under the annual bonus for the CEO, 50% for the CFO and COO
•  Shares equivalent to 75% of salary vesting under the LTIP for the CEO, 50% for the CFO and COO.

Maximum performance

•  125% of salary pay-out under the annual bonus for the CEO, 100% for the CFO and COO
•  Shares equivalent to 300% of salary vesting under the LTIP for the CEO, 150% for the CFO and COO.

As required by the regulations, the scenarios do not include any share price growth assumptions or take into account any dividends that may be paid.

Chief Executive Officer – Doug Edwards, total remuneration £’000
Chief Executive – Doug Edwards, total remuneration £’000 

Minimum

100%

£427k

On-target

47%

24%

29%

£908k

Maximum

22%

23%

55%

£1,906k

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

 Base salary, benefits and pension.

Annual bonus.

LTIP Award (Performance share awards only).

COO – Ted Wiggans, total remuneration £’000 

Minimum

100%

£281k

On-target

55%

23%22%

£511k

Maximum

33%

27%

40%

£856k

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

 Base salary, benefits and pension.

Annual bonus.

LTIP Award (Performance share awards only).

CFO  – Lily Liu, total remuneration £’000 

Minimum

100%

£285k

On-target

55%

23%22%

£518k

Maximum

33%

27%

40%

£867k

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

 Base salary, benefits and pension.

Annual bonus.

LTIP Award (Performance share awards only).

Chief Executive – Doug Edwards, total remuneration £’000 

Minimum

100%

£427k

On-target

47%

24%

29%

£908k

Maximum

22%

23%

55%

£1,906k

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

 Base salary, benefits and pension.

Annual bonus.

LTIP Award (Performance share awards only).

Chief Executive – Doug Edwards, total remuneration £’000 

COO – Ted Wiggans, total remuneration £’000 

Minimum

100%

£427k

Minimum

100%

£281k

On-target

47%

24%

29%

£908k

On-target

55%

23%22%

£511k

Maximum

22%

23%

55%

£1,906k

Maximum

33%

27%

40%

£856k

76 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

0

500

1,000

1,500

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

 Base salary, benefits and pension.

Annual bonus.

Annual bonus.

 Base salary, benefits and pension.

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

Governance continued
0

2,000

LTIP Award (Performance share awards only).

LTIP Award (Performance share awards only).

 Chief Operations Officer Ted Wiggans, total remuneration £’000 
COO – Ted Wiggans, total remuneration £’000 

Chief Financial Officer Lily Liu, total remuneration £’000
CFO  – Lily Liu, total remuneration £’000 

Minimum

100%

£281k

Minimum

100%

£285k

On-target

55%

23%22%

£511k

On-target

55%

23%22%

£518k

Maximum

33%

27%

40%

£856k

Maximum

33%

27%

40%

£867k

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

 Base salary, benefits and pension.

Annual bonus.

 Base salary, benefits and pension.

Annual bonus.

LTIP Award (Performance share awards only).

LTIP Award (Performance share awards only).

Approach to recruitment remuneration
When appointing a new Executive Director, whether with an internal or external candidate, the Remuneration Committee will typically seek to use  
CFO  – Lily Liu, total remuneration £’000 
the policy detailed in the table on pages 70 to 73 to determine the Executive Director’s ongoing remuneration package.

100%

£285k

To facilitate the appointment of candidates of the appropriate calibre required to implement the Group’s strategy, the Remuneration Committee 
Minimum
also retains the discretion to include any other remuneration component or award which is outside the policy. The Remuneration Committee does 
not intend to use this discretion to make a non-performance related incentive payment (for example, a ‘golden hello’). In determining appropriate 
remuneration, the Remuneration Committee will take into consideration all relevant factors (including the quantum and nature of remuneration) to 
ensure that the arrangements are in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. This may, for example, include (but is not limited to)  
55%
On-target
the following circumstances:

23%22%

£518k

•  An interim appointment being made to fill an Executive Director role on a short term basis
•  Exceptional circumstances require that the Chairman or a Non-Executive Director takes on an Executive function on a short term basis
•  An Executive Director is recruited at a time in the year when it would be inappropriate to provide a bonus or long term incentive award for that year 
Maximum
as there would not be sufficient time to assess performance. The quantum in respect of the months employed during the year may be transferred 
to the subsequent year so that reward is provided on a fair and appropriate basis

£867k

40%

27%

33%

•  The Executive received benefits at his previous employer which the Remuneration Committee considers it appropriate to offer.

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

0

 Base salary, benefits and pension.

Annual bonus.

LTIP Award (Performance share awards only).

The Remuneration Committee may also alter the performance measures, performance period and vesting period of the annual bonus or long term 
incentive, subject to the rules of the scheme, if the Remuneration Committee determines that the circumstances of the recruitment merit such 
alteration. The rationale will be clearly explained.

In determining appropriate remuneration arrangements on hiring a new Executive Director, the Remuneration Committee will take into account 
relevant factors such as the calibre of the individual, local market practice, the existing remuneration arrangements for other Executives and the 
business circumstances. It will seek to ensure that arrangements are in the best interests of both the Company and its shareholders and not seek  
to pay more than is appropriate.

The Remuneration Committee may make an award or payment to ‘buy-out’ remuneration arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer. 
In doing so the Remuneration Committee will take account of relevant factors regarding the forfeited arrangements which may include the form of 
any forfeited awards (e.g. cash or shares), any performance conditions attached to these awards (and the likelihood of meeting those conditions), 
and the time over which they would have vested. It will generally seek to structure buy-out awards and payments on a comparable basis to 
remuneration arrangements forfeited. These awards or payments are excluded from the maximum level of variable pay referred to below; however, 
the Remuneration Committee’s intention is that the value awarded or paid would be no higher than the expected value of the forfeited arrangements.

77 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Appropriate costs and support will be covered if the recruitment requires the relocation of the individual. All buy-out awards and payments will 
normally be liable to forfeiture or ‘clawback’ on early departure. For Executive Directors, early departure is typically defined as being within the first 
two years of employment although the Remuneration Committee has the ability to amend this definition in appropriate circumstances.

The maximum level of variable pay which may be awarded to new Executive Directors, excluding buy-out arrangements, would normally be in line 
with the maximum level of variable pay that may be awarded under the annual bonus plan and LTIP, but in any event the Remuneration Committee 
would not make an award of annual variable pay above 425% of salary. The Remuneration Committee may determine that such awards will be 
forfeited if performance or continued employment conditions are not met and it is deemed appropriate to do so.

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Any share awards referred to in this section will be granted as far as possible under the Company’s existing share plans. If necessary, and subject to 
the limits referred to above, in order to facilitate the awards mentioned above, the Committee may rely on exemption 9.4.2. of the Listing Rules which 
allows for the grant of awards to facilitate, in exceptional circumstances, the recruitment of a Director.

Where a position is fulfilled internally, any ongoing remuneration obligations or outstanding variable pay elements shall be allowed to continue 
according to the original terms.

Fees payable to a newly-appointed Chairman or Non-Executive Director will be in line with the fee policy in place at the time of appointment.

Service contracts 
Executive Directors
It is the Group’s policy that Executive Directors should have contracts with an indefinite term, providing for one year’s notice.

Doug Edwards
Ted Wiggans2
Lily Liu

Date of contract1

Date of appointment

Notice from the Company

Notice from Director

5 January 2015
4 December 2013
23 January 2017

5 January 2015
10 January 2011
2 May 2017

12 months
12 months
12 months

12 months
12 months
12 months

1  The dates of contract above refer to the dates of the latest service agreements for each of the Directors.
2  Ted Wiggans gave his notice of resignation on 9 August 2017. 

Non-Executive Directors
All Non-Executive Directors are appointed for an initial three year term with provision for two further three year terms, subject to satisfactory 
performance.

Robin Williams (Chairman)
Margaret Rice-Jones
Chris Morgan
Andrew Herbert

Date of letter of appointment1

Date of appointment

Unexpired term of contract 
on 31 December 2017

27 September 2016
3 June 2015
2 December 2015
15 April 2016

1 October 2016
1 August 2015
4 January 2016
1 June 2016

21 months
7 months
12 months
19 months

1  The dates above refer to the dates of the latest service agreements for each of the Non-Executive Directors.

All Directors offer themselves for annual re-election at each AGM in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code. Letters of appointment  
are available for inspection at the registered office address of the Company.

 
 
 
78 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Governance continued

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Payments for loss of office 
The principles on which the determination of payments for loss of office will be approached is set out below. Where the Remuneration Committee 
retains discretion, as outlined below, it will be used to provide flexibility in certain situations, taking into account the particular circumstance of the 
Director’s departure and recent performance of the Company.

Notice period on termination by 
employing company

12 months. The Committee has the discretion to determine what proportion of the notice period  
will be utilised in active service.

Termination payment

Severance payments are limited to no more than one year’s salary plus benefits in kind (including company 
car or car allowance and private health insurance) and pension contributions (which may include salary 
supplements). 

Benefits provided in connection with termination of employment may also include, but are not limited to, 
outplacement and legal fees.

Annual Bonus

Termination with cause.

No bonus paid.

Not applicable.

Reason for cessation

Calculation of vesting/payment

Timing of vesting

Resignation or retirement.

Redundancy, disability, illness, 
injury, death or any other 
reason as determined by the 
Remuneration Committee.

No bonus is normally paid unless 
the Committee in its absolute 
discretion (and on a case-by-case 
basis) determines otherwise.

Typically bonus amounts will be 
determined by reference to the 
applicable performance targets, 
pro-rated for time served in 
relation to the performance period.

Normal payment date.

Normal payment date unless 
Remuneration Committee decides 
it should be earlier.

LTIP

Termination with cause.

Lapse.

Not applicable.

Resignation or Retirement.

Normally lapse but with 
Remuneration Committee  
discretion to determine otherwise.

Normal vesting date.

Redundancy, disability, illness, 
injury, death or any other 
reason as determined by the 
Remuneration Committee.

Pro rated to proportion of period 
worked during vesting period. 

Remuneration Committee can  
decide not to pro rate.

Normal vesting unless 
Remuneration Committee decides 
it should be at cessation of 
employment.

Death.

Discretion to disapply performance 
conditions.

Date of cessation – unless 
Remuneration Committee decides 
normal vesting date.

SIP and SAYE

Governed by the HMRC approved plan rules and which cover certain leaver provisions.

79 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Non-Executive Directors
Under the terms of their engagement, the notice period to be given by the Non-Executive Directors on the Company is six months and the Company 
is obliged to give the same length of notice. Discretion is retained to terminate with or without due notice or paying any payment in lieu of notice 
dependent on what is considered to be in the best interests of the Company in the particular circumstances.

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Statement of consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Company
Salary, benefits and performance related reward provided to employees is taken into account when setting policy for Executive Directors’ 
remuneration (although employees are not formally consulted in relation to the setting of the policy). This includes consideration of:

•  Salary increases for the general employee population
•  Company-wide benefit (including pension) offerings
•  Overall spend and participation levels in the annual bonus and LTIP 
•  Relevant ad-hoc information.

Existing contractual arrangements
The Remuneration Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and payments for loss of office notwithstanding that they 
are not in line with the policy set out below where the terms of the payment were agreed: 

(i)  before the policy came into effect, or 
(ii) at a time when the relevant individual was not a Director of the Company and, in the opinion of the Remuneration Committee, the payment 

was not in consideration for the individual becoming a Director of the Company.

For these purposes ‘payments’ includes the Remuneration Committee satisfying awards of variable remuneration and, in relation to an award 
over shares, the terms of the payment are ‘agreed’ at the time the award is granted.

The Remuneration Committee may make minor changes to this policy, which do not have a material advantage to Directors, to aid in its operation 
or implementation without seeking shareholder approval but taking into account the interests of shareholders.

Statement of consideration of shareholder views
In the interests of ensuring ongoing and transparent dialogue with shareholders, the Remuneration Committee consulted major shareholders over its 
base salaries and proposed new three year policy outlined in this report. 

Approval
This Report was approved by the Board on 21 March 2018 and signed on its behalf by:

Margaret Rice-Jones
Remuneration Committee Chair

 
 
80 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES STATEMENT

The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the Annual Report and the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable 
law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare 
financial statements for each financial year. 
Under that law the Directors are required 
to prepare the Group financial statements 
in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as adopted by 
the European Union and Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation and have also chosen to prepare 
the parent Company financial statements in 
accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 
101 Reduced Disclosure Framework. Under 
Company law the Directors must not approve 
the accounts unless they are satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view of the state of 
affairs of the Company and of the profit or 
loss of the Company for that period.

In preparing the parent Company financial 
statements, the Directors are required to:

•  Select suitable accounting policies and then 

apply them consistently

•  Make judgments and accounting estimates 

that are reasonable and prudent

•  State whether applicable UK Accounting 

Standards have been followed, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained 
in the financial statements

•  Prepare the financial statements on the 

going concern basis unless it is inappropriate 
to presume that the Company will continue 
in business. 

In preparing the Group financial statements, 
International Accounting Standard 1 requires 
that Directors:

Responsibility statement
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

•  Properly select and apply accounting policies
•  Present information, including accounting 

policies, in a manner that provides relevant, 
reliable, comparable and understandable 
information

•  Provide additional disclosures when 

compliance with the specific requirements 
in IFRSs are insufficient to enable users 
to understand the impact of particular 
transactions, other events and conditions  
on the entity’s financial position and  
financial performance

•  Make an assessment of the Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern.

The Directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are 
sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position 
of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with the 
Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible 
for safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for 
the prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the corporate and 
financial information included on the Company’s 
website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from legislation in 
other jurisdictions.

•  The financial statements, prepared in 
accordance with the relevant financial 
reporting framework, give a true and fair view 
of the assets, liabilities, financial position 
and profit or loss of the Company and the 
undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole

•  The Strategic Report includes a fair review 

of the development and performance of the 
business and the position of the Company 
and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole, together 
with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face

•  The Annual Report and financial statements, 
taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and 
understandable and provide the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Company’s performance, business model 
and strategy. 

This responsibility statement was approved 
by the Board of Directors and is signed on 
its behalf by:

Doug Edwards 
Chief Executive Officer

Lily Liu
Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

21 March 2018

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

81 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Xaar plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion

In our opinion:
•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent Company’s 

affairs as at 31 December 2017 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial 

Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

•  the parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice including Financial Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure 
Framework”; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 

2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements of Xaar plc (the ‘Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) 
which comprise:

•  the Consolidated income statement; 
•  the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income;
•  the Consolidated statement of financial position;
•  the Consolidated statement of changes in equity; 
•  the Consolidated cash flow statement;
•  the related Consolidated notes 1 to 34; 
•  the Company balance sheet;
•  the Company statement of changes in equity; and 
•  the related Company notes 1 to 10. 

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements 
is applicable law and IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. The financial reporting framework that has 
been applied in the preparation of the Company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” (United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice).

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the Group and the Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We confirm that, with one exception, no non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard were provided to the Group or Company. The one exception was that services relating to the preparation of tax forms and support regarding 
tax inspections were provided to an insignificant overseas affiliate of the Company. The impact of the tax charge of this insignificant affiliate on the 
Group’s tax accounting was immaterial and inconsequential, as was the fee (£6,000), however, in the light of the FRC’s view that no services with a 
direct impact can be provided, this is a breach, albeit insignificant, of the standard. It was concluded in agreement with the Audit Committee that given 
the size of the services provided and their potential impact, as well as the safeguards in place, the provision of these services did not impact upon our 
integrity, objectivity and independence as auditor to the Group or the Company.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

 
82 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Xaar plc continued

Summary of our audit approach

Key audit matters

The key audit matters that we identified in the current year were:

•  Customer rebates
•  Royalty buyout revenue recognition 
•  Capitalisation of internally generated intangible assets
•  Valuation of new product inventory 

Materiality

Scoping

Within this report, any new key audit matters are identified with : and any key audit matters which are the 
same as the prior year identified with =.

The materiality that we used in the current year was £0.9 million which was determined based on a blended 
measure using a combination of profit and asset benchmarks.

The scope of our audit was driven by our risk assessment and understanding of the business. This consisted of 
five components subjected to full scope audits, one component subjected to specific audit procedures and six 
components subjected to analytical procedures at Group level.

Significant changes 
in our approach

In the current year we identified two new key audit matters, valuation of new inventory products and royalty 
buyout revenue recognition, in response to the number of new products launched during the year and a material 
agreement entered into in December 2017. 

There have been no other significant changes in our approach in the current year.

Conclusions relating to principal risks, going concern and viability statement

Going concern 

We have reviewed the Directors’ statement in note 3 to the financial statements about 
whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
in preparing them and their identification of any material uncertainties to the Group’s and 
Company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least 12 months from the date 
of approval of the financial statements.

We are required to state whether we have anything material to add or draw attention to in 
relation to that statement required by Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) and report if the statement is 
materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit.

We confirm 
that we have 
nothing material 
to report, add or 
draw attention 
to in respect of 
these matters.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

83 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Principal risks and 
viability statement

We confirm 
that we have 
nothing material 
to report, add or 
draw attention 
to in respect of 
these matters.

Based solely on reading the Directors’ statements and considering whether they were 
consistent with the knowledge we obtained in the course of the audit, including the 
knowledge obtained in the evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group’s and the 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, we are required to state whether we 
have anything material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

•  the disclosures on pages 29 to 33 that describe the principal risks and explain how 

they are being managed or mitigated;

•  the Directors’ confirmation on page 48 that they have carried out a robust assessment 
of the principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business 
model, future performance, solvency or liquidity; or

•  the Directors’ explanation on page 48 as to how they have assessed the prospects of 
the Group, over what period they have done so and why they consider that period to 
be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall 
due over the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing 
attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We are also required to report whether the Directors’ statement relating to the prospects 
of the Group required by Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially inconsistent with our 
knowledge obtained in the audit.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements 
of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. 
These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing 
the efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not 
provide a separate opinion on these matters.

In 2016 our report included acquisition fair value accounting as a key audit matter due to the material acquisition made by the Group in that year. 
This key audit matter is not included in our 2017 report as the Group has not made an acquisition in the current year. 

Customer rebates =

Our response and observation

Key audit matter description

The Group has volume price agreements with a number of its significant customers.

We consider there to be a key audit matter with respect to the accounting for commercial sales agreements 
with Xaar’s significant customers. This is due to the degree of judgement and estimation involved in predicting 
sales volumes which drives the accounting for commercial sales agreements and the associated revenue in 
line with IAS 18 and the Group’s accounting policy. Given the degree of judgement and estimation involved, 
we also determined that there was a potential for fraud through possible manipulation of this balance.

The accounting policy is disclosed in note 3 to the financial statements.

Note 2 to the financial statements provides details of the critical accounting judgements and page 54 
provides the Audit Committee’s discussion on revenue recognition.

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the key audit 
matter

When auditing customer rebates we considered the Group’s revenue recognition policy, per International 
Accounting Standard 18 ‘Revenue’ (IAS 18), to assess whether the revenue recognition policy is compliant 
and whether the policy has been applied consistently through the year.

We performed testing over all significant commercial sales agreements that Xaar has with its major customers 
by reviewing the terms and conditions of sales, assessing the accounting treatment and reconciling to 
amounts recognised in the financial statements; also assessing compliance with IAS 18.

We performed a retrospective review of prior period accounting estimates in relation to commercial sales 
agreements to assess the accuracy of management estimates.

 
84 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Xaar plc continued

Customer rebates continued = Our response and observation

Key observations

Based on the audit procedures performed, we concur that no customer rebate provisions should be 
recognised. We also concluded that the associated revenue was recognised in line with the Group’s 
accounting policy and IAS 18.

Royal buyout revenue 
recognition :

Key audit matter description

Our response and observation

The Group entered into a patent royalty buyout agreement with a customer in December 2017 for JPY 2.98 
billion (circa £20 million). 

We consider there to be a key audit matter with respect to the accounting for this agreement. This is due 
to the degree of judgement and estimation involved in fair valuing the patents acquired and determining the 
timing of revenue recognition in accordance with IAS 18. In accordance with IAS 240 we have considered the 
presumed fraud risk in revenue recognition in relation to this transaction.

The accounting policy is disclosed in note 3 of the financial statements. 

Note 2 to the financial statements provides details of the critical accounting judgements and page 54 
provides the Audit Committee’s discussion on revenue recognition.

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the key audit 
matter

When auditing the agreement we considered the Group’s revenue recognition policy, per International 
Accounting Standard 18 ‘Revenue’ (IAS 18), to assess whether the revenue had been recognised in 
accordance with the standard. 

We evaluated and challenged the assumptions used by management in the fair value model used for 
allocating consideration to each element. We did this by considering alternative judgements and assumptions 
that could have been made and through obtaining evidence to support them including analysts’ report on 
Xaar, industry market research and historical royalty trends. 

In conjunction with our valuation specialists we estimated an appropriate discount rate with reference to 
market data and compared that to the rate used by management.

Key observations

Based on the audit procedures performed, we concur with the revenue recognised in 2017 in respect of this 
agreement. We also concluded that the associated revenue was recognised in line with IAS 18.

Capitalisation of internally 
generated intangible assets = Our response and observation

Key audit matter description

The Group incurred £18.1 million on research and development costs in the year ended 31 December 2017, 
excluding amortisation on internally generated research and development, (2016: £22.4 million), representing 
a decrease of 19% from 2016. 

Xaar management has concluded that there are two development projects meeting the capitalisation 
criteria in IAS 38 “Intangible Assets” (IAS 38) in the current year. In 2016, there was one project meeting 
the capitalisation criteria known as the ‘P4 platform’ in relation to which £5.6 million of development costs 
have been capitalised during the year (2016: £10.2 million). In the current year management identified a new 
project meeting the IAS 38 capitalisation criteria known as ‘Project Venice’, capitalisation commenced from 
April 2017 and during the year £0.9 million development costs have been capitalised (2016: £nil). Because of 
the judgements applied in determining whether a product is technically feasible and commercially viable and 
the complexity of the criteria applied, we consider there to be a key audit matter in relation to development 
costs being incorrectly accounted for (i.e. capitalised or expensed through the income statement). There 
is also a key audit matter in relation to the recoverability of capitalised development costs from likely future 
economic benefits. The accounting policy is disclosed in note 3 to the financial statements. The carrying 
values of the capitalised development costs are disclosed in note 14 to the financial statements.

Note 2 to the financial statements provides details of the critical accounting judgements and page 54 
provides the Audit Committee’s discussion on capitalisation of internally generated intangible assets.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

85 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Capitalisation of internally 
generated intangible assets 
continued =

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the key audit 
matter

Our response and observation

We audited management’s accounting treatment of development costs by testing a sample of research and 
development project costs to assess whether they are accurate and appropriately classified. We discussed the P4 
platform, Project Venice and other research and development (R&D) with R&D and operational management, in 
order for us to assess whether the P4 platform continues to meet and Project Venice met the development criteria 
during the year and therefore requires capitalisation. We challenged management on the point of capitalisation 
of Project Venice. We obtained supporting evidence, as described below, to ensure technical feasibility and 
commercial viability had been demonstrated in April 2017, the point of capitalisation. We also considered whether 
any other projects have reached the development phase and therefore require capitalisation. 

For the two capitalised projects we made an assessment of the technical feasibility and likelihood of future 
economic benefit by reference to product test stage classifications, management’s project appraisals, agreements 
entered into with partners and feedback from partners. In August 2017 the P4 platform stopped being capitalised 
as the product design was finalised and the first commercial sales of the product began in November 2017, 
we ensured the point at which P4 costs stopped being capitalised was in line with IAS 38. We also challenged 
management regarding the useful economic life of the platform of 20 years, the period the product is being 
amortised over. In making this assessment we have considered the useful economic life (UEL) of previously 
capitalised technology, competitor benchmarks and capabilities and market reach of the new platform. 

Research and development costs capitalised versus expensed

25

20

15

m
£

10

5

0

12.3

5.8

2017

12.2

10.2

2016

Development Costs Capitalised
(net of amortisation on internally
 generated R&D)

Development Costs Expensed

We obtained revenue and contribution forecast for the capitalised development project and closely examined 
management estimates included in the forecast with references to industry statistics and historic performance 
of the Group’s other products. Net present value of the forecast contribution was also compared to the 
carrying value of the capitalised development costs.

Key observations

Based on the audit procedures performed, we concur that management has appropriately applied the 
principles of IAS 38.

Valuation of new product 
inventory :

Our response and observation

Key audit matter description

Xaar has launched seven new products in the past 24 months. 

We consider there to be a key audit matter in respect of the valuation of new product inventories. This is 
due to the degree of judgement and estimation involved in the assumptions used by management such as 
absorption rates and those costs being absorbed/not being absorbed in order to identify a new product’s 
operating standard cost in line with IAS 2 and the Group’s accounting policy when normal production levels 
might not be well established. 

The accounting policy is disclosed in note 3 to the financial statements.

Note 2 to the financial statements provides details of the critical accounting judgements and page 54 
provides the Audit Committee’s discussion on inventory valuation.

 
 
 
86 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Xaar plc continued

Valuation of new product 
inventory continued =

Our response and observation

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the key audit 
matter

We assessed management’s inventory valuation method by auditing the assumptions used in the derivation 
of the absorption rates, such as the normal level of production outputs, the costs that are required to be 
absorbed into inventory to ensure the methodology used is in line with the requirements of IAS 2. 

We performed testing over the assumptions used by management in the derivation of the absorption rates 
for a sample of new product lines. This included auditing inputs such as the type of costs being absorbed, 
normal level of production outputs and re-calculating the direct labour cost absorption per unit and the 
overhead absorption rate used for each new inventory line. 

We sampled post year-end sale values to ensure new inventory lines held at the year-end were held at 
the lower of cost and net realisable value (NRV). Where products NRV was less than the NRV we ensured 
management provided against the products. 

Key observations

Based on the audit procedures performed, we concur that management has appropriately applied the 
principles of IAS 2 in respect of valuing the new inventory lines.

Our application of materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of a 
reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and in 
evaluating the results of our work. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality

Group financial statements

£0.9 million (2016: £1.3 million)

Company financial statements

£0.7 million (2016: £1.0 million)

Basis for determining materiality We considered both asset and profit bases in the 

determination of materiality.

We determined materiality based on 0.5% (2016: 
0.7%) of net assets and 5.6% (2016: 5.7%) of profit 
before tax.

Rationale for the benchmark 
applied

In addition to a profit-based metric, we incorporated 
a net asset measure in determining materiality to 
reflect the significant levels of capitalised research 
and development costs incurred in recent years. 

Net assets is considered the most appropriate 
benchmark as it is the key performance metric 
for users of the financial statements for Xaar plc 
company only. 

Materiality equates to below 0.6% (2016: 2%) of net 
assets and 7.5% (2016: 7.3%) of pre-tax profit. 

Materiality has been capped at £0.7 million for the 
purpose of the Group audit. 

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £0.05 million (2016: £0.06 million), 
as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit Committee on 
disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

87 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

An overview of the scope of our audit

Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including Group-wide controls, and assessing the risks 
of material misstatement at the Group level. 

Based on that assessment, we focused our Group audit scope primarily on the audit work at the UK headquarters in Cambridge. Five (2016: two) 
components were subject to a full scope audit by the Group audit team: Xaar plc, XaarJet Limited, Xaar Technology Limited, XaarJet (Overseas) 
Limited and Xaar Digital Limited. One (2016: three) components (Engineered Printing Solutions Inc.) was subject to specified audit procedures where 
the extent of our testing was based on our assessment of the risks of material misstatement and of the materiality of the Group’s operations at those 
components. Six (2016: six) components (Xaar Trustee Limited, Xaar Americas Inc., Xaar Group AB, XaarJet AB, Xaar US Holdings Inc. and Xaar ApS) 
were subject to a review at the Group level based on our assessment of the materiality of the Group’s operations at those components. The same 
components were subject to full scope audit or specified audit procedures in 2016. All components where our Group audit was focused were audited 
by the Group team.

The six components subject either to a full audit or specified balance testing account for 85% (2016: 93%) of the Group’s revenue, 93% (2016: 
93%) of the Group’s profit before tax and 96% (2016: 96%) of the Group’s net assets. Our audit work for each component was executed at levels of 
materiality applicable to each individual component which were lower than Group materiality. The component materiality ranges between £0.2 million 
to £0.8 million (2016: £0.7 million to £1.1 million).

At the parent entity level we also tested the consolidation process and carried out analytical procedures to confirm our conclusion that there were no 
significant risks of material misstatement of the aggregated financial information of the remaining components not subject to audit or audit of specified 
account balances. 

Revenue

Profit before tax

Net assets

Full scope audit and
specified balance testing
Review at Group Level

85%
15%

Full scope audit and
specified balance testing
Review at Group Level

93%
7%

Full scope audit and
specified balance testing
Review at Group Level

96%
4%

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

 
88 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Xaar plc continued

We have nothing 
to report in 
respect of these 
matters.

Other information

The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the 
Annual Report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in 
the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether there 
is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the 
work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact.

In this context, matters that we are specifically required to report to you as uncorrected material misstatements of the other 
information include where we conclude that:

•  Fair, balanced and understandable – the statement given by the Directors that they consider the Annual Report and 
financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, business model and strategy, is materially inconsistent with our 
knowledge obtained in the audit; or

•  Audit Committee reporting – the section describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address 

matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee; or

•  Directors’ statement of compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code – the parts of the Directors’ statement 
required under the Listing Rules relating to the Company’s compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
containing provisions specified for review by the auditor in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.10R(2) do not properly 
disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and 
for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation 
of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either 
intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a 
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit 
work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report 
and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and 
the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

89 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared 

is consistent with the financial statements; and

•  the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and of the Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, 
we have not identified any material misstatements in the Strategic Report or the Directors’ Report.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception

Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

We have nothing 
to report in 
respect of these 
matters.

received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of Directors’ 
remuneration have not been made or the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited is not in agreement 
with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing 
to report in 
respect of these 
matters.

Other matters

Auditor tenure
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were appointed by the Board of Directors of Xaar plc on 24 July 2009 to audit the 
financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2009 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement 
including previous renewals and reappointments of the firm is nine years, covering the years ending 2009 to 2017.

Consistency of the audit report with the additional report to the Audit Committee
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the Audit Committee we are required to provide in accordance with ISAs (UK).

Paul Schofield FCA (Senior statutory auditor)
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Statutory Auditor
Cambridge, United Kingdom 

21 March 2018

 
90 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 31 December 2017

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Research and development expenses
Research and development expenditure credit
Sales and marketing expenses
General and administrative expenses
Restructuring and acquisition expenses

Operating profit
Investment income

Profit before tax
Tax

Profit for the year attributable to shareholders

Earnings per share
Basic
Diluted

Notes

5

9

10

7

12
12

2017
£’000

100,142
(53,097)

47,045
(12,318)
411
(7,860)
(12,627)
(2,553)

12,098
192

12,290
(1,358)

2016
£’000

96,178
(51,511)

44,667
(12,211)
605
(7,608)
(6,844)
(1,205)

17,404
449

17,853
(3,052)

10,932

14,801

14.3p
14.0p

19.4p
18.9p

Dividends paid in the year amounted to £7,728,000 (2016: £7,328,000). Further disclosures are given in note 11.

All activities relate to continuing operations.

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December 2017

Profit for the year attributable to shareholders

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Exchange differences on retranslation of net investment
Tax (charge)/credit on share option and restructuring gains

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Notes

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

10,932

14,801

28/29
10

(721)
(20)

(741)

708
434

1,142

10,191

15,943

 
I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

91 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Consolidated statement of financial position
as at 31 December 2017

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Receivables

Current assets
Investments

Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Current tax asset
Treasury deposits
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Other financial liabilities
Provisions

Net current assets
Non-current liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Other financial liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Own shares
Other reserves
Translation reserve
Retained earnings
Equity attributable to shareholders
Total equity

Notes

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

13
14
15
19

17

18
19
19
19
19

22
23
24

21
23

25
26
27
29
28
29

5,212
32,678
33,471
858
72,219

–

19,119
30,303
3,412
753
43,944
97,531
169,750

(16,583)
(30)
(1,911)
(18,524)
79,007

(3,905)
(137)
(4,042)
(22,566)
147,184

7,833
29,317
(3,642)
14,638
613
98,425
147,184
147,184

5,776
27,363
36,352
1,516
71,007

1,000

13,790
20,340
3,029
–
49,321
87,480
158,487

(14,314)
(69)
(774)
(15,157)
72,323

(2,686)
(188)
(2,874)
(18,031)
140,456

7,778
27,854
(3,642)
11,891
807
95,768
140,456
140,456

The financial statements of Xaar plc, registered number 3320972, were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on  
21 March 2018.

They were signed on its behalf by:

Doug Edwards
Chief Executive Officer

Lily Liu
Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

 
92 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2017

Notes

Share
capital
£’000

Share
premium
£’000

Own
shares
£’000

Other
reserves
£’000

Translation
reserve
£’000

Retained
earnings
£’000

Total 
£’000

Balance at 1 January 2016

7,764

27,585

(3,796)

11,006

Profit for the year
Tax on items taken directly to equity
Exchange differences on retranslation 
of net investment

Total comprehensive income for 
the period
Issue of share capital
Dividends
Credit to equity for equity-settled 
share-based payments

11

–
–

–

–
14
–

–

–
–

–

–
269
–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–

154

885

99

–
–

708

708
–
–

–

87,880

130,538 

14,801
434

14,801
434

–

708

15,235
(2)
(7,328)

15,943 
281 
(7,328) 

(17)

1,022

Balance at 1 January 2017

7,778

27,854

(3,642)

11,891

807

95,768

 140,456

Profit for the year
Tax on items taken directly to equity

Exchange differences on retranslation 
of net investment

Total comprehensive income for 
the period
Issue of share capital
Dividends
Credit to equity for equity-settled 
share-based payments

11

–
–

–

–

55
–

–

–
–

–

–

1,463
–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

2,747

–
–

10,932
(20)

10,932
(20)

(194)

(527)

(721) 

(194)

10,385

10,191

–
–

–

–
(7,728)

1,518
(7,728)

–

2,747

Balance at 31 December 2017

7,833

29,317

(3,642)

14,638

613

98,425

147,184 

The nature and purpose of the reserves in equity are described in note 29.

 
93 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Consolidated cash flow statement
for the year ended 31 December 2017

Net cash from operating activities 

Investing activities
Investment income
Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired
Redemption of investment
Purchases of property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Expenditure on software
Expenditure on capitalised product development

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities
Dividends paid 
Treasury amounts (deposited)/withdrawn
Proceeds from the sale of ordinary share capital
Proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital

Net cash (used in)/from financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash balances
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Notes

30

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

12,473

13,935

190
–
1,000
(5,517)
–
(19)
(6,451)

471
(7,556)
–
(10,831)
16
(85)
(10,222)

(10,797)

(28,207)

(7,728)
(753)
–
1,518

(6,963)

(5,287)
(90)
49,321

43,944

(7,328)
27,098
137
282

20,189

5,917
755
42,649

49,321

Cash and cash equivalents (which are presented as a single class of asset on the face of the consolidated statement of financial position) comprise 
cash at bank and other short term highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less. The carrying amount of these assets is 
approximately equal to their fair value.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

 
94 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2017

1. General information
Xaar plc (‘the Group’) is incorporated in England and Wales under the Companies Act 2006. The address of the registered office is given  
on the inside back cover. The nature of the Group’s operations and its principal activity is set out in the Strategic Report starting on page 4.

2. Key sources of estimation uncertainty and critical accounting judgements
The key assumptions concerning the future and other sources of estimation uncertainty at the date of the statement of financial position that have a 
significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are as follows:

Revenue recognition of the Seiko Instruments Inc. agreement (accounting judgement)
As per International Accounting Standard 18 revenue is recognised at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. The Seiko 
Instruments Inc. (SII) agreement includes two separate licences one of which was provided to SII in December 2017 and the other to be provided to 
SII in 2018. Given the separate nature of these two licences and the timing of their provision, these have been unbundled and revenue recognised 
based on the fair value of their expected cash flows.

Impairment of goodwill (accounting judgement)
The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis. This requires an estimation of the ‘value-in-use’ of the cash-
generating units to which the goodwill is allocated. Estimating a value-in-use amount requires management to make an estimate of the expected 
future cash flows from the cash-generating unit and also to choose a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those cash 
flows. Further details are given in note 13. The carrying amount of goodwill at 31 December 2017 was £5,212,000 (2016: £5,776,000).

Capitalisation of development costs (accounting judgement)
As described in note 3, the Group capitalises development expenditure as an intangible assets where the criteria under IAS 38 Intangible  
Assets is met. In 2017, total capitalised development expenditure amounted to £6,451,000 (2016: £10,223,000). 

Useful economic life of capitalised Platform 4 Thin Film development costs (accounting judgement)
In August 2017, the Group completed the Platform 4 Thin Film project and commenced amortisation of the related capitalised development 
expenditure balance amounting to £31,514,000. The design of the Thin Film platform provides the Group with an architecture that can be used 
to create a generation of products that will access multiple markets. This technology platform will not only address markets which have already 
converted to digital inkjet printing but will also drive adoption in other markets. Given the size of the current, and potential, addressable market; 
current conversion rates of these markets; and the barriers to entry for potential competitors in terms of intellectual property and expense, the Group 
believes it has a technology platform that will provide significant value over the next 20 years. This expectation mirrors management’s experience 
with the Group’s original bulk technology which has experienced a 20-year useful economic life. Therefore management, based on past experience 
and future expectations, has determined that the useful economic life of the Platform 4 asset should be set at 20 years. The amount amortised in 
2017 was £657,000 and the annual amortisation charge in future financial years will be £1,576,000. 

3. Significant accounting policies
Basis of accounting
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as adopted for use in the 
European Union. Therefore the Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Article 4 of the EU IAS regulation.

The financial information has been prepared on the basis of all applicable IFRS, including all International Accounting Standards (IAS), Standing 
Interpretations Committee (SIC) interpretations and International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) interpretations issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) that are applicable to the financial period, as adopted by the European Union.

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of financial instruments. The Group financial 
statements are presented in Sterling and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand pounds (£’000) except when otherwise indicated.

The principal accounting policies adopted are set out below.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the Company (‘its subsidiaries’) 
made up to 31 December each year. Control is achieved where the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an 
investee entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the effective date of 
acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries 
to bring the accounting policies used in line with those used by the Group. 

All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation. Foreign exchange gains and losses arising on the 
retranslation of trading balances with subsidiaries with different functional currencies are reported in the income statement.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

95 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

3. Significant accounting policies continued
Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position, are set out in the Strategic 
Report. Notes 19, 20 and 23 include a description of the Group’s objectives; policies and processes for managing its capital; its financial risk 
management objectives; details of its financial instruments and hedging activities; and its exposure to credit risk and liquidity risk.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence  
for the foreseeable future, based on the Group’s forecasts and projections for the next 12 months, taking account of reasonably possible changes 
in trading performance. For this reason, we continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Adjusted financial measures
Adjusted financial measures comprise adjusted profit before tax, adjusted profit before tax excluding the impact of IAS 38 and adjusted diluted 
earnings per share. These measures are alternative performance measures (APMs) which are not defined or specified under the requirements of 
IFRS. These APMs adjust for recurring and non-recurring items which management consider to have a distorting effect on the underlying results of 
the Group. Items adjusted include share-based payment charges, exchange differences on intra-group transactions, restructuring and acquisition 
costs and the research and development expenditure credit. Recurring items are adjusted each year irrespective of materiality to ensure consistent 
treatment. 

Business combinations
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the acquisition method.

Goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised as an asset and initially measured at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business combination 
over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities recognised. If, after reassessment, the 
Group’s interest in the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities exceeds the cost of the business 
combination, the excess is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Goodwill
Goodwill arising on consolidation is initially recognised as an asset at cost and is subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated impairment 
losses. Goodwill which is recognised as an asset is reviewed for impairment at least annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in the 
income statement and is not subsequently reversed.

For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units expected to benefit from the synergies 
of the combination. Cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there 
is an indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount of the unit, the 
impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro rata 
on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

On disposal of the cash-generating unit, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

Goodwill arising on acquisitions before the date of transition to IFRS has been retained at the previous UK GAAP amounts subject to being tested 
for impairment at that date. Goodwill written off to reserves under UK GAAP prior to 1998 has not been reinstated and is not included in determining 
any subsequent profit or loss on disposal.

Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for goods and services 
provided in the normal course of business, net of discounts, VAT and other sales related taxes, but gross of any tax withheld. 

Sales of goods are recognised when all of the following conditions are satisfied:

•  The Group has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods 
•  The Group retains neither a continuing managerial involvement to the degree normally associated with ownership, nor effective  

control over goods sold 

•  The amount of revenue can be measured reliably 
•  It is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity
•  The costs incurred, or to be incurred, in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

For sales of goods to a distributor with consignment stock arrangements, revenue is recognised at the point of sale by the distributor which is when 
the risks and rewards of ownership of inventory have transferred. For sales of goods to distributors with standard credit terms, revenue is recognised 
at point of shipment.

 
96 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2017

3. Significant accounting policies continued
Revenue recognition continued
Development fees gained from joint development agreements are treated as income over the periods necessary to match them with the  
related costs.

Funding received for internally generated intangible assets is recognised on a straight-line basis to match the amortisation period of the related 
intangible fixed asset. 

Royalties are recognised on an accruals basis in accordance with the actual revenue trend in the most recent quarterly statements received from 
each licensee.

Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable, which is the rate 
that discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to that asset’s net carrying amount. 

Printheads are sold to certain customers with volume discounts. Revenue from these sales is recorded based on the contracted price less the 
estimated volume discount based on the anticipated volume of sales.

Leases
Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to income on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease, except where  
another more systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which the economic benefits from the lease asset are consumed. 
Contingent rentals arising under operating leases are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred.

In the event that lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives are recognised as a liability. The aggregate benefit  
of incentives is recognised as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis, except where another systematic basis is more representative  
of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed.

Foreign currencies
The individual financial statements of each Group company are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates 
(its functional currency). For the purpose of the consolidated financial statements, the results and financial position of each Group company are 
expressed in Sterling, which is the functional currency of the Company and the presentation currency for the consolidated financial statements. 

Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary assets and liabilities, and on the retranslation of monetary assets and liabilities, are 
included in the income statement for the period. 

In order to hedge its exposure to certain foreign exchange risks, the Group may enter into forward contracts (see page 99 for details of the Group’s 
accounting policies in respect of such derivative financial instruments).

For the purposes of presenting consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations are translated at the 
exchange rates prevailing on the date of the statement of financial position. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates 
for the period. 

Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income and taken to the translation reserve. Exchange differences on the 
translation of net investments are taken to the translation reserve of the applicable entity.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated 
at the closing rate. 

Government and EU grants
Government and EU grants are not recognised until there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attached to them 
and that the grant will be received.

Government and EU grants relating to research and development are treated as income over the periods necessary to match them with the  
related costs.

Operating profit
Operating profit is stated after charging restructuring costs but before investment income and finance costs.

Retirement benefit costs
Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit schemes are charged as an expense as they fall due. Payments made to state managed 
retirement benefit schemes are dealt with as payments to defined contribution schemes where the Group’s obligations under the schemes are 
equivalent to those arising in a defined contribution retirement benefit scheme.

Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax, including UK corporation tax and foreign tax.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

97 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

3. Significant accounting policies continued
Taxation continued
The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income statement because  
it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. 
The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by date of the statement of 
financial position.

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial 
statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit and is accounted for using the statement of financial position 
liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent 
that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not 
recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) 
of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the tax profit nor the accounting profit. 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the Group is able  
to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the date of each statement of financial position and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. 

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised. Deferred 
tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax 
is also dealt with in equity. 

To the extent that the Group receives a tax deduction relating to share-based payment transactions, deferred tax is provided at the appropriate tax 
rate on the difference in value between the market price of the underlying equity as at the date of the financial statements and the exercise price of the 
outstanding share options. As a result, the deferred tax impact of share options will not be derived directly from the expense reported in the consolidated 
income statement. The amount by which the deductible difference exceeds the cumulative charge to the consolidated income statement is recorded in 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured on an undiscounted basis and are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current  
tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle  
its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Property, plant and equipment
All property, plant and equipment is shown at original historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss. 

Assets in the course of construction for production or administrative purposes are carried at cost, less any recognised impairment loss. Depreciation 
of  these assets, on the same basis as other assets in the same class, commences when the assets are ready for their intended use.

Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost or valuation of assets, less their residual values, other than assets in the course of construction, 
over their estimated useful lives, using the straight-line method, on the following bases: 

Leasehold property improvements
Plant and machinery
Furniture, fittings and equipment

Ten years or, where shorter, over the term of the relevant lease
Three to ten years
Three to five years

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets or, where shorter, over the term 
of the relevant lease.

The gain or loss arising on the disposal of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset 
and is recognised in income. 

Internally generated intangible assets – research and development expenditure
Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

In accordance with IAS 38 Intangible Assets where a project has entered the development phase and is sufficiently self-contained that the expected 
future economic benefits can be traced directly to the assets developed within the project, it is probable that the expected future economic benefits that 
are attributable to the asset will flow to the entity, and the cost of the asset can be measured reliably, the development costs related to the project will be 
capitalised as an intangible asset.

Internally generated intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. Where no internally generated intangible asset can be 
recognised, development expenditure is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

 
98 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2017

3. Significant accounting policies continued
Other intangible assets
Costs incurred in maintaining the patent and trademark portfolio are written off to the income statement as incurred. 

Payments in respect of software, external product development costs and licence rights acquired are capitalised at cost and amortised  
on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. 

Impairment of tangible and intangible assets excluding goodwill
At the date of each statement of financial position, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether 
there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is 
estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from 
other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. 

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use. In assessing value-in-use, the estimated future cash flows are 
discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks 
specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset 
(cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised as an expense immediately.

Where an impairment loss is subsequently reversed, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate 
of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had 
no impairment loss been recognised for the asset (or cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised as income 
immediately.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is calculated using the first in, first out (FIFO) cost formula, by applying the 
standard cost methodology, with costs including direct materials, direct labour costs and an attributable proportion of manufacturing overheads 
based on normal levels of activity that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Net realisable value 
represents the estimated selling price less all estimated costs of completion and costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution. 
Provision is made for obsolete, slow-moving or defective items where applicable.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Group’s statement of financial position when the Group becomes a party to the 
contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue 
of financial assets and financial liabilities are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate, 
on initial recognition.

Financial assets
All financial assets are recognised and derecognised on a trade date where the purchase or sale of a financial asset is under a contract whose 
terms require delivery of the financial asset with the timeframe established by the market concerned, and are initially measured at fair value, 
plus transaction costs.

All financial assets of the Group are classified as ‘loans and receivables’.

Loans and receivables
Trade receivables, loans and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market are classified 
as ‘loans and receivables’. Loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment. 
Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, except for short term receivables when the recognition of interest would 
be immaterial. 

Effective interest method
The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a debt instrument and of allocating interest income over the relevant 
period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the life of the debt instrument, or, where 
appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

Impairment of financial assets
Financial assets are assessed for indicators of impairment at the date of each statement of financial position. Financial assets are impaired where 
there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future 
cash flows of the investment have been affected.

For financial assets carried at amortised cost, the amount of the impairment is the differences between the asset’s carrying amount and the present 
value of the estimated future cash flows, discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

99 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

3. Significant accounting policies continued
Financial instruments continued
Derecognition of financial assets
The Group derecognises a financial asset only when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or when it transfers the financial 
asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to another entity. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the 
risks and rewards of ownership and continues to control the transferred asset, the Group recognises its retained interest in the asset and an associated 
liability for amounts it may have to pay. If the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the Group 
continues to recognise the financial asset and also recognises a collateralised borrowing for the proceeds received.

On derecognition of a financial asset, the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and receivable 
and the cumulative gain or loss that had been recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity is recognised in profit or loss.

Financial liabilities and equity
Debt and equity instruments are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement.

Financial liabilities
The financial liabilities of the Group are classified as other financial liabilities. Other financial liabilities, including borrowings, are initially measured at 
fair value, net of transaction costs.

Other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense recognised on an 
effective yield basis.

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the relevant 
period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of the financial liability 
or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

Derecognition of financial liabilities
The Group derecognises financial liabilities when, and only when, the Group’s obligations are discharged, cancelled or have expired. The difference 
between the carrying amount of the financial liability derecognised and the consideration paid and payable is recognised in profit and loss.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting
The Group’s activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and liquidity risk. 

The Group uses derivative financial instruments (primarily foreign currency forward contracts) to hedge its risks associated with foreign currency 
fluctuations relating to certain firm commitments and forecast transactions. 

The Group’s interest rate risk arises mainly from its funds invested in short term bank deposits. To mitigate these risks, limits have been set 
by the Board in relation to maturity period and maximum deposits with any one institution. 

In order to mitigate the Group’s liquidity risks, the Group can choose to fund significant fixed asset purchases by finance leases repayable over 
a period of three to five years dependent on the individual asset being financed and interest-bearing loans. 

The use of financial derivatives is governed by the Group’s policies approved by the Board of Directors, which provides written principles on the  
use of financial derivatives consistent with the Group’s risk management strategy. The Group does not use derivative financial instruments for 
speculative purposes. 

Derivative financial instruments are initially measured at fair value on the contract date and are remeasured to fair value at subsequent reporting dates. 

Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that are designated as hedges of future cash flows and deemed to be effective are 
recognised directly in equity and the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. If the cash flow hedge of a firm 
commitment or forecast transaction results in the recognition of an asset or a liability, then, at the time the asset or liability is recognised, the 
associated gains or losses on the derivative that had previously been recognised in equity are included in the initial measurement of the asset or 
liability. For hedges that do not result in the recognition of an asset or a liability, amounts deferred in equity are recognised in the income statement 
in the same period in which the hedged item affects net profit or loss. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the 
recognition of a non-financial asset or non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously accumulated in equity are transferred from equity and 
included in the initial measurement of the cost of the non-financial asset or non-financial liability.

Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the income statement 
as they arise.

 
100 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2017

3. Significant accounting policies continued
Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting continued
Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge 
accounting. At that time, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognised in equity is retained in equity until the forecast 
transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognised in equity is transferred to net 
profit or loss for the period.

Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or other host contracts are treated as separate derivatives when their risks and characteristics 
are not closely related to those of host contracts and the host contracts are not carried at fair value, with gains or losses reported in the  
income statement.

Investments
Investments are recognised and derecognised on a trade date where a purchase or sale of an investment is under a contract whose terms require 
delivery of the investment within the time frame established by the market concerned and are initially measured at fair value, equating to cost, 
including transaction costs. Investments are classified as available for sale, and on the basis that the investments have no active market and 
their fair values cannot be reliably determined using valuation techniques, the investments are carried at cost.

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on an unquoted equity investment that is not carried at fair value because its fair value cannot 
be reliably measured, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated 
future cash flows discounted at the current market rate of return for a similar financial asset.

Bonds with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity dates that the Group has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are 
classified as held-to-maturity investments. Held-to-maturity investments are measured at amortised cost using effective interest method less  
any impairment.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits and other short term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible 
to a known amount of cash within a period of up to three months post the date of the statement of financial position and are subject to an 
insignificant risk of changes in value.

Treasury deposits
Treasury deposits comprise demand deposits that are convertible to a known amount of cash with an original maturity of between three months  
and 12 months and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Interest-bearing loans and bank overdrafts are measured initially at fair value, net of direct issue costs. Finance charges, including premiums payable 
on settlement or redemption and direct issue costs, are accounted for on an accrual basis in the income statement using the effective interest rate 
method and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they are not settled in the period in which they arise.

Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded as the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable that the Group will be required to 
settle that obligation. Provisions are measured at the Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the date of the 
statement of financial position and are discounted where the effect of the time value of money is material.

A restructuring provision is recognised when the Group has developed a detailed formal plan for the restructuring and has raised a valid expectation 
in those affected that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its main features to those affected by it, and 
the plan has reached a stage where the decision is unlikely to be reversed. The measurement of a restructuring provision includes only the direct 
expenditures arising from the restructuring, which are those amounts that are both necessarily entailed by the restructuring and not associated 
with the ongoing activities of the entity.

Provisions for the expected cost of warranty obligations under local sale of goods legislation are recognised in the month of sale of the relevant 
products, at the Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the Group’s obligation.

Share-based payments
The Group has applied the requirements of IFRS 2 Share-based Payment. In accordance with the transitional provisions, IFRS 2 has been applied 
to all grants of equity instruments after 7 November 2002 that were unvested at 1 January 2005.

The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. These payments are measured at fair value (excluding the effect  
of non-market based vesting conditions) at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based 
payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of the shares that will eventually vest and 
adjusted for the effect of non-market based vesting conditions.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

101 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

3. Significant accounting policies continued
Share-based payments continued
The fair value of options issued under the Group’s Long Term Incentive Plan is measured using a stochastic (Monte Carlo binomial) model for grants 
made with market based vesting conditions since 2007. The fair value of all other equity-settled share-based payments is measured using the 
Black-Scholes pricing model. The expected life used in these models has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of 
non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

SAYE share options granted to employees are treated as cancelled when employees cease to contribute to the scheme. This results in accelerated 
recognition of the expenses that would have arisen over the remainder of the original vesting period.

Own shares
Own shares are deducted from equity. No gain or loss is recognised in the income statement on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the 
Group’s own shares.

New standards and interpretations
A number of new standards are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018. The following standards are expected to have an 
impact on the Group’s financial statements in the period of initial application.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
IFRS 15 establishes a comprehensive framework for determining whether, how much and when revenue is recognised. It replaces existing revenue 
recognition guidance, IAS 18 Revenue.

The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018.

Sales of custom-built printing machines 
The Group’s US subsidiary EPS sells custom-built printing machines to industrial customers. Currently, revenue is recognised when the printer is 
accepted by the customer, which transfers the risks and rewards of ownership. Revenue is recognised at this point provided that the revenue and 
costs can be measured reliably and the recovery of the consideration is probable.

Depending on the specific contract terms, revenue may potentially need to be recognised over time for some of the EPS contracts, when one of the 
conditions in IFRS 15, paragraph 35 is met. 

Other revenue streams
For all other revenue streams, IFRS 15 is not expected to have a significant impact on revenue recognition.

Transition
The Group plans to adopt IFRS 15 using the modified retrospective approach, with the cumulative effect of initially applying this standard recognised 
at the date of initial application (i.e. 1 January 2018). As a result, the Group will not apply the requirements of IFRS 15 to the comparative period 
presented.

IFRS 16 Leases
IFRS 16 replaces existing leases guidance, including IAS 17 Leases, IFRIC 4 Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease, SIC-15 
Operating Leases – Incentives and SIC-27 Evaluating the Substance of Transactions Involving the Legal Form of a Lease.

The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019.

IFRS 16 introduces a single, on-statement of financial position lease accounting model for lessees. A lessee recognises a right-of-use asset 
representing its right to use the underlying asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. There are recognition 
exemptions for short term leases and leases of low-value items.

The Group has completed an initial assessment of the potential impact on its consolidated financial statements but has not yet completed its 
detailed assessment. The actual impact of applying IFRS 16 on the financial statements in the period of initial application will depend on future 
economic conditions, including the Group’s Weighted Average Cost of Capital, the composition of the Group’s lease portfolio at that date, the 
Group’s latest assessment of whether it will exercise any lease renewal options and the extent to which the Group chooses to use practical 
expedients and recognition exemptions.

So far, the most significant impact identified is that the Group will recognise new assets and liabilities for its operating leases of factory, research 
and office facilities. As at 31 December 2017, the Group’s future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases amounted to 
£4,634,000, on an undiscounted basis (see note 31).

 
102 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2017

3. Significant accounting policies continued
IFRS 16 Leases continued
In addition, the nature of expenses related to those leases will now change as IFRS 16 replaces the straight-line operating lease expense with 
a depreciation charge for right-of-use assets and interest expense on lease liabilities.

The Group does not currently have any finance leases, but were it to take out any in the future, they would not be expected to be significantly 
impacted by IFRS 16.

Transition
As a lessee, the Group can elect to apply the standard using a retrospective approach, or a modified retrospective approach with optional practical 
expedients. The lessee applies this election consistently to all of its leases.

The Group plans to apply IFRS 16 initially on 1 January 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. Therefore, the cumulative effect of 
adopting IFRS 16 will be recognised as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings at 1 January 2019, with no restatement of 
comparative information.

When applying the modified retrospective approach to leases previously classified as operating leases under IAS 17, the lessee can elect, on 
a lease-by-lease basis, whether to apply a number of practical expedients on transition. The Group is assessing the potential impact of using these 
practical expedients.

Other standards
The following new standards, amended standards and interpretations are not expected to have a significant impact on the Group’s financial 
statements:

IFRS 9
IFRS 2 (amendments)
IFRIC Interpretation 22
IFRIC Interpretation 23

Annual Improvements to IFRSs (amendments)

4. Reconciliation of adjusted financial measures

Profit before tax

Share-based payment charges
Exchange differences on intra-group transactions
Restructuring and acquisition costs
Research and development expenditure credit

Adjusted profit before tax

Capitalised research and development expense and related amortisation

Adjusted profit before tax excluding the impact of IAS 38

Financial Instruments
Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions
Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration
Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

12,290

17,853

3,057
523
2,553
(411)

969
60
1,205
(605)

18,012

19,482

(5,795)

(10,222)

12,217

9,260

Adjusted financial measures are alternative performance measures, which adjust for recurring and non-recurring items that management consider to 
have a distorting effect on the underlying results of the Group.

Share-based payment charges include the IFRS 2 charge for the period of £2,747,000 per note 32 (2016: £885,000) and the charge relating to National 
Insurance on the outstanding potential share options of £310,000 (2016: £84,000). These costs were included in the general and administrative 
expenses in the Consolidated income statement.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

103 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

4. Reconciliation of adjusted financial measures continued
Exchange differences relating to intra-group transactions represent exchange gains or losses recorded in the Consolidated income statement as 
a result  of operating in the United States and Sweden. These costs were included in the general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated 
income statement. 

Restructuring and acquisition expenses of £2,553,000 (2016: £1,205,000) relate to costs incurred and a provision made in relation to a reorganisation 
(note 24) and earn-out expenses relating to the acquisition of EPS in 2016.

The research and development expenditure credit relates to the corporation tax relief receivable relating to qualifying research and development 
expenditure. This item is shown on the face of the Income statement.

Adjusted profit before tax excluding the impact of IAS 38 Capitalisation of Development Costs and net of Thin Film amortisation is the measure that 
is used internally for setting and comparing achievement of the annual bonus target.

Diluted earnings per share

Share-based payment charges
Exchange differences on intra-group transactions
Restructuring and acquisition expenses
Tax effect of adjusting items

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

5. Revenue
An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows:

Product sales, commissions and fees
Royalties 

Investment income

2017
Pence per share

2016
Pence per share

14.0p

18.9p

3.9p
0.7p
3.3p
(1.2p)

1.2p
0.2p
1.5p
(0.6p)

20.7p

21.2p

Notes

9

2017
£’000

83,758
16,384

100,142
192

100,334

2016
£’000

82,863
13,315

96,178
449

96,627

 
 
104 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2017

6. Business and geographical segments
Products and services from which reportable segments derive their revenues.

For management reporting purposes, the Group’s operations are currently analysed according to the two operating segments of ‘product sales, 
commissions and fees’ and ‘royalties’. These two operating segments are the basis on which the Group reports its primary segment information and 
on which decisions are made by the Group’s Chief Executive Officer and Board of Directors, and resources allocated. The Group’s chief operating 
decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer.

Segment information is presented below:

Year ended 31 December 2017

Revenue

Total segment revenue

Result
Adjusted profit before tax
Share-based payment charges
Exchange differences relating to intra-group transactions
Restructuring and acquisition expenses
Research and development expenditure credit

Product sales, 
commissions
and fees
£’000

Royalties
£’000

Unallocated
£’000

Consolidated
£’000

83,758

16,384

–

100,142 

1,978
–
(523)
(2,553)
411

15,842
–
–
–
–

192
(3,057)
–
–
–

18,012
(3,057)
(523)
(2,553)
 411

(Loss)/profit before tax

(687)

15,842

(2,865)

12,290 

Investment income is not allocated to reportable segments for the purposes of reporting to the Group’s Chief Executive Officer and Board of Directors.

Share-based payment charges include the IFRS 2 charge for the period and the charge relating to National Insurance on the outstanding potential 
share option gains.

Year ended 31 December 2016

Revenue

Total segment revenue

Result
Adjusted profit before tax
Share-based payment charges
Exchange differences relating to intra-group transactions
Restructuring costs
Research and development expenditure credit

Profit/(loss) before tax

Product sales, 
commissions
and fees
£’000

Royalties
£’000

Unallocated
£’000

Consolidated
£’000

82,863

13,315

–

96,178

5,718
–
(60)
(1,205)
605

5,058

13,315
–
–
–
–

13,315

449
(969)
–
–
–

(520)

19,482
(969)
(60)
(1,205)
605 

17,853

 
 
 
I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

105 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

6. Business and geographical segments continued
Segment assets

Product sales, commissions and fees
Royalties 

Total segment assets
Investments
Treasury deposits
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets

2017
£’000

123,800
1,253

125,053
–
753
43,944

2016
£’000

106,604
1,562

108,166
1,000
–
49,321

169,750

158,487

Assets are allocated to the segment which has responsibility for their control. 

No information is provided for segment liabilities as this measure is not provided to the chief operating decision maker.

Other segment information

Year ended 31 December 2017

Depreciation and amortisation
Share-based payment charges
Capital expenditure

Year ended 31 December 2016

Depreciation and amortisation
Share-based payment charges
Capital expenditure

Revenues from major products and services

Product sales, commissions and fees
Royalties 

Consolidated revenue (excluding investment income)

Product sales, 
commissions
and fees
£’000

8,944

Notes

14, 15

14, 15

11,947

Product sales, 
commissions
and fees
£’000

8,638
–
23,149

Notes

14, 15

14, 15

Royalties
£’000

Unallocated
£’000

Consolidated
£’000

–

–

–
3,057
–

8,945
3,057
11,947 

Royalties
£’000

Unallocated
£’000

Consolidated
£’000

–
–
–

–
969
–

2017
£’000

83,758
16,384

100,142

8,638 
969 
23,149 

2016
£’000

82,863
13,315

96,178

 
106 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2017

6. Business and geographical segments continued
Geographical information
The Group operates in three principal geographical areas: EMEA, Asia and the Americas. Revenues are attributed to geographical areas on the 
basis of the customers’ operating location. The Group’s revenue from external customers and information about its segments (non-current assets 
excluding deferred tax assets and other financial assets) by geographical location is detailed below:

EMEA
Asia
– China
– Japan
– Other
The Americas (including USA)

Revenue from external customers

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

29,784

41,653

32,139
18,214
594
19,411

100,142

20,928
14,091
1,385
18,121

96,178

Non-current assets, being property, plant and equipment, goodwill, other intangible assets, investments, receivables and the deferred tax asset, 
are attributed to the location where they are situated.

EMEA
Asia
The Americas (including USA)

Non-current assets

2016
£’000

68,257
27
2,723

71,007

2017
£’000

69,932
15
2,836

72,783

Information about major customers
Included in revenues arising from royalties, is one customer whose revenue exceeds 10% of total revenues, with revenue of £14.7 million (15% of 
total revenues) (2016: no customer exceeded 10% of total revenues). No other single customer contributed 10% or more to the Group’s revenue 
in either 2017 or 2016. Revenue from the top five customers represents 42% of revenues (2016: 40%).

7. Profit for the year
Profit for the year has been arrived at after charging/(crediting): 

Research and development expenses (net of capitalised development costs)*
Grants towards research and development including the research and development expenditure credit
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of capitalised development costs (included in research and development expenses)
Amortisation of software (included in general and administrative expenses) 
Loss/(profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Cost of inventories recognised as expense
Impairment of other financial assets (note 19)
Total fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates

2017
£’000

12,318
(489)
7,795
1,149
25
351
53,097
30
173

2016
£’000

12,211
(605)
7,851
492
295
(3)
51,511
138
180

*  Total spend on research and development in 2017, before capitalised and amortised development costs included in note 14, was £18,113,000 (2016: £22,433,000).

Grant income includes £411,000 in respect of the research and development expenditure credit and £78,000 from the N2 Business Growth Fund 
in support of the Xaar 3D Centre.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

107 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

7. Profit for the year continued
Auditor’s remuneration

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for other services to the Group
– The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries

Total audit fees

– Interim review
– Taxation compliance services
– Recruitment and remuneration services
– Other services

Total non-audit fees

2017
£’000

22

119

141

26
6
–
–

32

2016
£’000

22

104

126

25
9
12
8

54

Total fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates

173

180

The Audit Committee has considered the independence of the auditor in relation to non-audit services throughout the year. A description of the work 
of the Audit Committee is set out in the Corporate Governance statement on pages 54 to 55.

8. Staff costs
The average monthly number of persons employed by the Group including Executive Directors was as follows:

Research and development 
Sales and marketing 
Manufacturing and engineering 
Business support

Their aggregate remuneration comprised: 

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs
Pension costs
Share-based payments

2017 
Number

2016
Number

113
54
364
72

603

2017
£’000

26,918
2,741
1,216
3,057

33,932

127
55
368
76

626

2016
£’000

25,716
3,013
1,357
969

31,055

Notes

33

Share-based payment charges include the IFRS 2 charge for the period and the charge relating to National Insurance on the outstanding potential 
share option gains.

 
 
108 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2017

9. Investment income

Interest receivable on cash and bank balances, and treasury deposits

10. Tax

Current tax – UK
Current tax – overseas

Amounts (over)/under provided in previous years

Total current income tax

Deferred tax – origination and reversal
Adjustment in respect of prior years

Total deferred tax charge

Total tax expense for the year

2017
£’000

192

2017
£’000

1,516
(229)

1,287
(1,102)

185

279
894

1,173

1,358

2016
£’000

449

2016
£’000

1,546
180

1,726
4

1,730

608
714

1,322

3,052

Notes

21

The blended standard rate of tax for the year, based on the UK standard rate of corporation tax, is 19.25% (2016: 20.00%). Taxation for other 
jurisdictions is calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective jurisdictions. 

The Finance (No 2) Act 2015 provided for a reduction in the main rate of corporation tax from 20% to 19%, which was effective from 1 April 2017, 
and a reduction to 18% effective from 1 April 2020. Finance Act 2016, provides for a further reduction in the main rate of corporation tax to 17% 
effective from 1 April 2020. These rate reductions have been reflected in the calculation of deferred tax at the balance sheet date.

The note to the cash flow statement (note 30) shows repayments of tax of £457,000 during the year (2016: payments of £303,000).

The closing deferred tax liability at 31 December 2017 has been calculated at 17% reflecting the tax rate at which the deferred tax liability is 
expected to be reversed in future periods. Details on deferred tax liabilities are disclosed in note 21.

In addition to the amount charged to the income statement and other comprehensive income, the following amounts relating to tax have been 
recognised directly in equity:

Current tax
Excess tax deductions related to share-based payments on exercised options
Excess tax deductions in relation to restructuring charges

Deferred tax
Arising on transactions with equity participants:
Change in estimated excess tax deductions related to share-based payments

Total income tax recognised directly in equity

2017
£’000

(26)
–

(26)

46

20

2016
£’000

(483)
(13)

(496)

62

  (434)

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

109 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

10. Tax continued
The charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit per the income statement as follows:

Profit on ordinary activities before tax 

Tax on ordinary activities at a blended standard rate of 19.25% (2016: 20.00%)
Effect of: 
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Non-deductible/(non-taxable) foreign exchange differences
Effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating overseas
Enhanced tax deduction for patent box
Effect of change in UK corporation tax rate on deferred tax
Prior year adjustments

Total tax expense for the year

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

12,290

17,853

2,366

3,571

518
126
19
(1,411)
(52)
(208)

1,358

282
(119)
69
(1,114)
(355)
718

3,052

The expenses not deductible for tax purposes mainly relate to depreciation on non-qualifying assets and share-based payments.

The effective tax rate for the year is 11% (2016: 17%). For 2017 if the prior year adjustments were excluded the effective tax rate would have been 
13% (2016: 13%).

11. Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:
Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2016 of 6.7p (2015: 6.3p) per share
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2017 of 3.4p (2016: 3.3p) per share

Total distributions to equity holders in the year

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2017 of 6.8p (2016: 6.7p) per share

2017
£’000

5,126
2,602

7,728

5,326

2016
£’000

4,808
2,520

7,328

5,212

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the AGM and has not been included as a liability in these financial statements.

12. Earnings per ordinary share – basic and diluted
The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Earnings 
Earnings for the purposes of basic earnings per share being net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent

Number of shares
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares:
Share options

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

10,932

14,801

76,469,128

76,246,300

1,441,475

1,994,875

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of diluted earnings per share

77,910,603

78,241,175

 
110 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2017

12. Earnings per ordinary share – basic and diluted continued

Basic
Diluted

2017
Pence per share

2016
Pence per share

14.3p
14.0p

19.4p
18.9p

The weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share is calculated after the exclusion of ordinary shares  
in Xaar plc held by Xaar Trustee Ltd, the Xaar plc ESOP trust and the matching shares held in trust for the Share Incentive Plan.

For 2017, there were share options granted over 382,843 shares that had not been included in the diluted earnings per share calculation because 
they were anti-dilutive at the period end (2016: 22,758 shares).

The performance conditions for LTIP awards over 657,355 shares (2016: 1,109,652 shares) have not been met in the current financial period 
or are not expected to be met in future financial periods, and therefore the dilutive effect of those shares have not been included in the diluted 
earnings per share calculation.

Adjusted earnings per share
This adjusted earnings per share information is considered to provide a fairer representation of the Group’s trading performance year on year,  
as it removes items which, in the Board’s opinion, do not reflect the underlying performance of the Group.

The calculation of adjusted EPS excluding share-based payment charges, exchange differences relating to intra-group transactions, restructuring 
and acquisition expenses, is based on earnings of: 

Earnings for the purposes of basic earnings per share being net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent

10,932

14,801

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

Share-based payment charges
Exchange differences relating to intra-group transactions
Restructuring and acquisition expenses
Tax effect of adjusting items

Adjusted profit after tax

Adjusted profit after tax excluding the net of tax impact of IAS 38*

The denominators used are the same as those detailed above for both basic and diluted earnings per share. 

Adjusted earnings per share is earnings per share excluding the items adjusted for as detailed above: 

Adjusted basic
Adjusted diluted

Adjusted basic excluding the impact of IAS 38*

3,057
523
2,553
(929)

16,136

11,959

969
60
1,205
(447)

16,588

8,410

2017
Pence per share

2016
Pence per share

21.1p
20.7p

15.6p

21.8p
21.2p

11.0p

Adjusted EPS is considered to provide a fairer representation of the Group’s trading performance year on year. 

*  Adjusted profit after tax excluding the net of tax impact of IAS 38 and adjusted basic EPS excluding the impact of IAS 38 Capitalisation of Development Costs are the measures deemed most 

appropriate by the Remuneration Committee to determine the achievement of the performance conditions for the LTIP awards that are subject to the EPS performance conditions.

13. Goodwill
The carrying amount of goodwill at 31 December 2017 was £5,212,000 (2016: £5,776,000). 

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash-generating units (CGUs) that are expected to benefit from that 
business combination. Goodwill occurred from the acquisition of EPS in July 2016. 

The carrying amount of goodwill had been allocated as follows on page 111.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

111 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

13. Goodwill continued 

Printheads and related products (a single CGU)
Balance at the beginning of the year
Goodwill recognised in the year
Foreign currency translation

Balance at the end of the year

2017
£’000

5,776
–
(564)

5,212

2016
£’000

–
5,776
–

5,776

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. Having performed 
impairment testing, no impairment has been identified and therefore no impairment loss has been recognised in 2017 (2016: £nil).

The recoverable amount of the CGU is determined from a value-in-use calculation. The key assumptions to which the value-in-use calculation is most 
sensitive are those regarding the discount rates, growth rates and expected changes to selling prices and direct costs during the period.

The Group prepares cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent financial forecasts reviewed by management for the next three years and these 
have been used in the value-in-use calculation. The discount rate applied to the cash flow projections is 8.1% (2016: 5.4%) and reflects management’s 
estimate of return on capital employed. 

Sensitivity analysis has been completed on each key assumption in isolation and this indicates that reasonable changes in key assumptions on which 
we have based our determination of the recoverable amount would not cause the carrying amount of goodwill to exceed its recoverable amount.

14. Other intangible assets

Cost
At 1 January 2016
Additions
Acquisition

Transfers

At 1 January 2017
Additions
Transfers
Exchange movements
Disposals

At 31 December 2017

Amortisation
At 1 January 2016
Charge for the year

At 1 January 2017
Charge for the year
Disposals

At 31 December 2017

Carrying amount 
At 31 December 2016

At 31 December 2017

Capitalised
development
costs
£’000

Licences
acquired
£’000

Software
£’000

Total
£’000

22,894
10,222
–

–

33,116
6,451
(17)
–
–

39,550

5,443
492

5,935
1,124
–

7,059

27,181

32,491

533
–
84

–

617
–
(84)
–
–

533

533
–

533
–
–

533

84

–

3,124
76
–

(27)

3,173
19
101
(6)
(64)

3,223

2,780
295

3,075
25
(64)

3,036

98

187

26,551
10,298
84

(27) 

36,906
6,470
–
(6)
(64)

43,306 

 8,756
787

9,543
1,149

(64) 

10,628 

27,363 

32,678 

 
112 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2017

14. Other intangible assets continued
Capitalised development costs relate to platform technology development and other associated product development. Included within capitalised 
development costs is a carrying amount of £30,857,000 relating to the P4 Thin Film platform, an architecture that will be used by the Group to 
generate multiple products across multiple markets. The estimated useful economic life of the platform is 20 years and the remaining amortisation 
period is 19 years.

The amortisation period for software is three to five years.

Licences acquired are amortised over their estimated useful lives which is on average ten years.

15. Property, plant and equipment

Land and buildings 
£’000

Leasehold
property
£’000

Plant and
machinery
£’000

Furniture,
fittings and
equipment
£’000

Assets in the 
course of
construction
£’000

Cost
At 1 January 2016
Additions
Acquisition
Transfers 
Exchange movements
Disposals

At 1 January 2017
Additions
Transfers
Exchange movements
Disposals

At 31 December 2017

Depreciation
At 1 January 2016
Charge for the year
Exchange movements
Disposals

At 1 January 2017
Charge for the year
Exchange movements

Disposals

At 31 December 2017

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2016

At 31 December 2017

–
1,152
–
–
78
–

1,230
–
–
(105)
–

1,125

–
57
–
–

57
–
–

–

57

13,634
671
387
2
236
(31)

14,899
185
(78)
(69)
–

65,044
8,696
613
17
966
–

75,336
4,673
(744)
(123)
(930)

14,937

78,212

7,709
1,435
208
(21)

9,331
1,482
(15)

–

42,317
6,080
923
–

49,320
6,124
(72)

(579)

10,798

54,793

1,173

1,068

5,568

4,139

26,016

23,419

4,110
78
260
–
57
(13)

4,492
134
(12)
(47)
(378)

4,189

3,246
279
38
(9)

3,554
189
(47)

(378)

3,318

938

871

Total
£’000

84,527
11,507
1,260
27
1,337

(44) 

98,614
5,477
–
(346)
(1,308) 

1,739
910
–
8
–
–

2,657
485
834
(2)
–

3,974

102,437 

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–

–

53,272
7,851
1,169

(30) 

62,262
7,795
(134)

(957) 

68,966 

2,657

3,974

36,352

33,471 

As at 31 December 2017 the Group had entered into contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment amounting to 
£1,030,000 (2016: £2,295,000).

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

113 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

16. Subsidiaries
A list of the investments in subsidiaries, including the name, country of incorporation and proportion of ownership interest, is given in note 9 to the 
Company’s separate financial statements. 

17. Investments

Held-to-maturity investments
At beginning of the year
Disposals

At the end of the year

2017
£’000

1,000
(1,000)

–

2016
£’000

1,000
–

1,000

Held-to-maturity investments were bonds returning interest at 3% per annum, which were due to mature on 22 November 2018. The option to 
redeem the bonds was exercised on 21 November 2017.

18. Inventories

Raw materials and consumables
Work in progress
Finished goods

19. Other financial assets
The fair value of all financial assets and financial liabilities approximates their carrying value. 

Receivables

Non-current portion of Trade Receivables

2017
£’000

8,533
3,027
7,559

2016
£’000

6,465
2,153
5,172

19,119

13,790

2017
£’000

858

2016
£’000

1,516

The non-current receivable relates to a last time buy offer and has a settlement term of 23 months. A Fair Value assessment was carried out, 
however, due to the immaterial value of the estimate, no adjustment was made in the non-current valuation of the receivable balance.

Trade and other receivables

Amount receivable for the sale of goods
Allowance for doubtful debts

Other debtors
Prepayments

Current tax asset

No amounts are expected to be settled in more than 12 months.

2017
£’000

25,722
(510)

25,212
2,373
2,718

30,303

2016
£’000

15,210
(480)

14,730
3,248
2,362

20,340

3,412

3,029

 
114 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2017

19. Other financial assets continued
Trade receivables
The average credit period taken on sales of goods is 92 days (2016: 62 days). No interest is charged on the receivables for the period agreed in  
the Requirements Contract or, if not specified or applicable, the first 30 days from the date of the invoice. Thereafter, the Group reserves the right  
to charge interest at a daily rate of the greater of either 3% per annum above the base rate of the Bank of England from time to time, or the 
maximum rate of interest allowable under the Late Payment of Commercial Debts (Interest) Act 1998, on all sums outstanding until payment in full 
is received. The Group provides for receivables over 90 days based on estimated irrecoverable amounts determined by reference to past default 
experience of the counterparty and an analysis of the counterparty’s current financial position.

The maximum exposure to credit risk is the carrying amount of the financial assets as disclosed on page 113. Before accepting any new customer, 
the Group uses an external credit scoring system to assess the potential customer’s credit quality and defines credit limits by customer. Credit limits 
are reviewed at least once per year. Letters of credit may be used. Credit insurance has typically been taken out over the most significant customers. 
Of the trade receivables balance at the end of the year, four customers each represented greater than 5% of the total receivables balance, totalling 
£16.9 million (2016: £9.3 million). The total due from these customers represents 17% (2016: 10%) of the Group’s revenue.

Included in the Group’s trade receivables balance are debtors with a carrying amount of £4.7 million (2016: £2.8 million) which are past due at the 
reporting date for which the Group has not provided as there has not been a significant change in credit quality and the amounts are still considered 
recoverable. Of these amounts, the Group is in possession of letters of credit to the value of £1,867,000 (2016: £853,000) which had not reached 
maturity as at the reporting date. The Group does not hold any other collateral over these balances. The average age of these receivables is 72 days  
(2016: 83 days).

Ageing of past due but not impaired receivables:

1–30 days overdue
30–60 days overdue
60–90 days overdue
90–120 days overdue
Over 120 days overdue

Total

Non-current receivables
Over 12 months

Total receivables 

Movement in the allowance for doubtful debts:

Balance at the beginning of the year
Impairment losses increased

Balance at the end of the year

2017
£’000

2,886
358
257
273
67

3,841

858

4,699

2017
£’000

480
30

510

2016
£’000

537
431
(45)
164
190

1,277

1,516

2,793

2016
£’000

342
138

480

In determining the recoverability of a trade receivable, the Group considers any change in the credit quality of the trade receivable from the date 
credit was initially granted up to the reporting date. The concentration of credit risk is limited due to the customer base being large and unrelated. 
Accordingly, the Directors believe that there is no further credit provision required in excess of the allowance for doubtful debts.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

115 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

19. Other financial assets continued
Trade receivables continued
Ageing of impaired trade receivables:

Current
1–30 days overdue
30–60 days overdue
60–90 days overdue
90–120 days overdue
Over 120 days overdue

Total

2017
£’000

190
–
–
–
–
320

510

2016
£’000

222
20
3
–
5
230

480

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair value.

Treasury deposits
Treasury deposits comprise bank deposits with an original maturity of between three months and 12 months. The carrying amount of these assets 
approximates their fair value.

Treasury deposits

2017
£’000

753

2016
£’000

–

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash held by the Group and short term bank deposits with an original maturity of three months or less.  
The carrying amount of these assets approximates their fair value. 

The analysis of cash and short term bank deposits is as follows:

Cash

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

43,944 

49,321

The credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit ratings assigned  
by international credit rating agencies.

20. Financial instruments
Categories of financial instruments
Financial assets of £73,193,000 (2016: £68,815,000) are categorised as cash, treasury deposits and trade and other receivables. Financial liabilities 
of £16,750,000 (2016: £14,571,000) are categorised as trade and other payables and other financial liabilities. 

Financial risk management objectives

The Group’s policy is to manage the Group’s financial risk, secure cost effective funding for the Group’s operations and to minimise the adverse 
effects of fluctuations in the financial markets on the value of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities, on reported profitability and on the cash flows 
of the Group. 

The Group finances its activities with a combination of cash and treasury deposits. Other financial assets and liabilities, such as trade debtors and 
trade creditors, arise directly from the Group’s operating activities. 

Financial instruments give rise to foreign currency, interest rate, credit and liquidity risk. The Group’s management of its exposure to credit risk  
is discussed in note 19 and to liquidity risk is discussed in note 23.

 
116 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2017

20. Financial instruments continued
Interest rate risk
As the Group currently has no borrowings, its exposure to interest rate risk relates to the interest rate on its cash, cash equivalent and treasury 
deposit balances. 

The Group’s exposure has been calculated with reference to these balances as at the year end. A 2% increase or a reduction to 0% represents 
management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in interest rates.

If interest rates had been 2% higher/reduced to 0% and all other variables were held constant, the Group’s profit for the year ended 31 December 
2017 would increase by £0.9 million or decrease by £0.2 million (2016: increase by £1.4 million/decrease by £0.5 million). There would be no effect on 
equity reserves.

Foreign currency risk
The Group receives approximately 28% of its revenues in US Dollars and 8% of its revenue in Euros, which are partially naturally hedged by supplies 
in these currencies, but the remainder requires conversion into Sterling in order to fund the remaining costs of the UK operations. The Group had 
a manufacturing facility in Sweden which was closed in 2016 and legacy working capital balances denominated in Swedish Kronor remain in the 
Group’s Swedish companies prior to the dissolution of these entities. 

The Group is mainly exposed to foreign currency risk resulting from transactions in US Dollars, Euros and Swedish Kronor. The following table 
demonstrates the Group’s sensitivity to a 10% increase and decrease in the Sterling exchange rate against the relevant foreign currencies on the 
Group’s profit before tax and equity (due to changes in the fair value of monetary assets, liabilities and forward currency contracts). 10% represents 
management’s assessment of the reasonably possible movement in exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign 
currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a 10% change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity 
analysis includes inter company balances within the Group where the denomination of the balance is in a currency other than the functional 
currency of the debtor or the creditor. A positive number below indicates an increase in profit or equity.

Effect of a 10% increase in relevant exchange rate on:
Profit or loss
Other equity
Effect of a 10% decrease in relevant exchange rate on:
Profit or loss
Other equity

Euro
currency impact

US Dollar
currency impact

Swedish Kronor
currency impact

2017
£’000

(200)
–

245
–

2016
£’000

(312)
–

382
–

2017
£’000

(927)
(289)

1,132
353

2016
£’000

(637)
113

779
82

2017
£’000

(144)
151

176
(185)

2016
£’000

(73)
376

89
(240)

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

117 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

20. Financial instruments continued
Capital risk management
The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains a strong credit rating and healthy capital ratios in order to 
support its business, maximise shareholder value and provide flexibility for value enhancing investments. The Group manages its capital structure 
and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions or as a result of corporate strategy. To maintain or adjust the capital 
structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue new shares. In addition, any potential 
value enhancing investments may be funded through additional debt instruments. No changes were made in the objectives, policies or processes 
during the current or prior year, except for the proposed increase in final dividend for 2017, as detailed in note 11 on page 109.

The Group monitors capital using a gearing ratio, which is determined as the proportion of debt to equity. Debt is defined as long and short term 
borrowings. Equity includes all capital and reserves of the Group attributable to the equity holders of the parent. The Group’s policy for its existing 
business is to use debt where appropriate, whilst maintaining the gearing ratio at a level under 10%. 

The gearing ratio at the year-end is as follows:

Net debt
Equity
Gearing ratio

2017
£’000

–
147,748
0%

2016
£’000

–
140,456
0%

The Group is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

Credit risk management
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. The Group has 
adopted a policy of only dealing with creditworthy counterparties and obtaining sufficient collateral where appropriate, as a means of mitigating  
the risk of financial loss from defaults.

Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread across different industries and geographical areas. Ongoing credit evaluation  
is performed on the financial condition of accounts receivable.

The credit risk on liquid funds is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit ratings assigned by international credit rating agencies.

21. Deferred tax
The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group and movements thereon during the current and prior  
reporting periods:

At 1 January 2016
Charge/(credit) to income
Charge to equity
Acquisition of subsidiary

At 1 January 2017
Charge/(credit) to income
Charge to equity

At 31 December 2017

Accelerated tax
depreciation
£’000

Share-based
payment
£’000

2,230
1,388
–
–

3,618
1,601
–

5,219

(478)
(80)
62
–

(496)
(99)
46

(549)

Untaxed
reserves
£’000

301
(301)
–
–

–
–
–

–

Tax losses
£’000

Other
temporary
difference
£’000

(591)
387
–
–

(204)
99
–

(105)

(240)
(73)
–
81

(232)
(428)
–

(660)

Total
£’000

1,222
1,322
62
81

2,686
1,173
46 

3,905 

 
118 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2017

21. Deferred tax continued
Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances (after offset) for financial 
reporting purposes:

Deferred tax liabilities

2017
£’000

3,905

2016
£’000

2,686

The increase in the deferred tax liability arose from increased claims for 100% research and development allowances and also from an election to 
treat capitalised research and development expenditure as revenue.

As at 31 December 2017, the Group has unused capital losses of £1.1 million (2016: £1.1 million) available for offset against future gains. 
No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of these capital losses as it is not considered probable that there will be future chargeable 
gains available. These losses may be carried forward indefinitely.

22. Trade and other payables

Trade payables and accruals

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

16,583

14,314

Trade payables and accruals principally comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and ongoing costs. The average credit taken for trade 
purchases is 31 days (2016: 17 days).

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade payables approximates to their fair value.

23. Other financial liabilities
Other financial liabilities consist of lease incentives. 

The borrowings are repayable as follows:

Within one year
In the second year
In the third to fifth years inclusive
Over five years

Less: amount due for settlement within 12 months (shown under current liabilities)

Amount due for settlement after 12 months

2017
£’000

30
31
71
35

167
(30)

137

2016
£’000

69
40
86
62

257
(69)

188

The amounts included above are not considered to be materially different from the present value of their carrying amounts.

Liquidity risk
The Group aims to mitigate liquidity risk by managing cash generation by its operations and applying cash collection targets throughout the Group. 
Investment is carefully controlled, with authorisation limits operating up to Group Board level and cash payback periods applied as part of the 
investment appraisal process. In this way the Group aims to maintain a good credit rating to facilitate fund raising.

In its funding strategy, the Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of overdrafts, bank 
loans, finance leases and hire purchase contracts. The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves and banking facilities by 
continually monitoring cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities.

Non-derivative financial liabilities of £16,750,000 (2016: £14,571,000) comprise trade creditors of £16,583,000 and lease incentives of £167,000. 
The trade creditors are within current liabilities. Of the lease incentives, £30,000 are within current liabilities and £137,000 within non-current liabilities 
with a range of maturity dates which are set out above. The inherent liquidity risk of these financial liabilities is managed within the overall liquidity risk 
of the Group as described above.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

119 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

23. Other financial liabilities continued
Liquidity risk continued
The Group is inherently a net generator of cash at the operating level. Excess cash used in managing liquidity is only invested in financial instruments 
exposed to insignificant risk of changes in market value, being placed on interest-bearing deposit with maturities no more than 12 months allowed 
per the policy. Short term flexibility is achieved by overdraft facilities.

24. Provisions

At 1 January 2016
Additional provision in the year
Utilisation of provision
Release of provision

At 1 January 2017
Additional provision in the year
Utilisation of provision
Release of provision

At 31 December 2017

Warranty and 
commercial 
agreements
£’000

Restructuring
£’000

304
81
(159)
(67)

159
231
(128)
(91)

171

3,229
–
(2,614)
–

615
1,125
–
–

1,740

Total
£’000

3,533
81

(2,773) 
(67) 

774
1,356
(128)
(91)

1,911 

The warranty and commercial agreements provision represents management’s best estimate of the Group’s liability related to claims against product 
warranties or commercial sales agreements. The timing of the utilisation of this provision is uncertain.

During 2017, the Group committed to consolidate its office and research facilities in the Cambridge area. Following the announcement of the plan, 
the Group has recognised a provision of £1,099,000 for expected restructuring costs, including accelerated depreciation of leasehold property, 
dilapidation costs of restoring the leases to their original condition, and rent, service charge and business rates on the related lease contracts which 
had become onerous. It is not expected that the Group will sublet the leases. The remaining provision of £641,000 represents the balance of the 
estimated final costs of the closure of the manufacturing facility in Sweden.

25. Share capital

Issued and fully paid:
78,329,296 (2016: 77,776,755) ordinary shares of 10.0p each

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

7,833

7,778

The Companies Act 2006 abolished the legal requirement for a company to have an authorised share capital. The Articles of Association were 
amended to remove the authorised share capital article following approval via special resolution at the AGM on 19 May 2010. 

The movement during the year on the Company’s issued and fully paid shares was as follows:

At beginning of year
Exercise of share options

At end of year

The Company has one class of ordinary shares which carry no right to fixed income.

2017
Number

2016
Number

77,776,755
552,541

77,635,374
141,381

78,329,296

77,776,755

2017
£’000

7,778
55

7,833

2016
£’000

7,764
14

7,778

 
120 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2017

25. Share capital continued

Scheme

Xaar plc 2004 Share Option Plan

Xaar plc Share Save Scheme

Date of grant

21 August 08

22 November 10
1 June 11
1 May 12

1 November 13
1 November 14
1 November 15
1 November 16

Number of
shares under
option as at
31 December
2017

1,000

10,000
75,091
105,000

Number of
shares under
option as at
31 December
2016

1,000

10,000
102,591
172,500

191,091

286,091

–
54,896
170,759
147,297

2,568
486,240
227,980
210,649

372,952

927,437

Xaar plc 2017 Share Save Scheme

1 November 17

389,243

Xaar plc Share Incentive Plan

17 April 13
16 April 14
14 April 16
13 April 17

389,243

13,796
15,973
23,070
12,174

65,013

–

–

17,472
20,092
27,335
–

64,899

Subscription
price per
share

108.25p

211.0p
250.0p
226.5p

616.0p
338.0p
417.0p
407.0p

344.0p

0.0p
0.0p
0.0p
0.0p

Total share options outstanding at 31 December

1,018,299

1,278,427

Options granted under the Xaar plc 2004 Share Option Plan are ordinarily exercisable within three to ten years after the date of the grant. 
The maximum value of approved options, under the Xaar plc 2004 Share Option Plan, which may be granted to individual employees is £30,000. 

Options under the Xaar plc Share Save Scheme are ordinarily exercisable between 36 and 42 months after the date of the grant.

Awards under the Xaar plc Share Incentive Plan are ordinarily exercisable between three and five years after the date of the grant.

 
 
 
 
I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

121 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

25. Share capital continued
Long Term Incentive Plan
Performance Share Awards outstanding under the Xaar plc 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan are as follows:

Date of grant

3 May 11
2 April 12
1 May 12
2 April 14
12 May 14
2 April 15
28 September 15
7 December 15
1 April 16
11 May 16
27 May 16
25 August 16
6 September 16
1 December 16

All awards under this scheme are exercisable within three to ten years after the date of grant.

Performance share awards have been made under the Xaar plc 2017 Long Term Incentive Plan as follows:

Date of grant

16 May 17

All awards under this scheme are exercisable within three to ten years after the date of grant.

26. Share premium account

Balance at 1 January 2016
Premium arising on issue of equity shares

Balance at 1 January 2017
Premium arising on issue of equity shares

Balance at 31 December 2017

27. Own shares

Balance as at 1 January 2016
Transfer to share incentive plan

Balance at 1 January 2017 and 31 December 2017

Number of
shares under
option as at
31 December
2017

Number of
shares under
option as at
31 December
2016

7,081
60,417
80,599
–
–
489,780
23,926
12,088
400,936
59,027
18,000
57,710
8,250
29,840

14,762
120,834
88,162
194,636
34,083
547,795
37,896
12,088
484,796
69,838
18,000
69,121
9,150
29,840

1,247,654

1,731,001

2017  

2016  

Number of shares

Number of shares

745,291

745,291

–

–

£’000

27,585
269

27,854
1,463 

29,317 

£’000

(3,796)
154

(3,642) 

 
122 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2017

27. Own shares continued 
Of this balance, £20,000 (2016: £20,000) represents 91,250 ordinary shares in Xaar plc held in trust by Xaar Trustee Limited. Xaar Trustee Limited 
was formed in 1995 to act as Trustee to the Employee Benefit Trust established in 1995 to hold shares for the benefit of the employees of the 
Company and the Group. There has been no movement in the number of shares held in trust by Xaar Trustee Ltd during the year.

The remaining balance of £3,622,000 (2016: £3,622,000) represents the cost of 1,317,727 (2016: 1,317,727) shares in Xaar plc purchased 
in the market at market value and held by the Xaar plc ESOP trust to satisfy options granted under the Company’s share option schemes. 

The market value of own shares as at 31 December 2017 was £5,210,000 (2016: £5,636,000).

28. Translation reserve

Balance at 1 January 2016
Exchange differences on retranslation of net investment

Balance at 1 January 2017
Exchange differences on retranslation of net investment

Balance at 31 December 2017

£’000

99
708

807 
(194) 

613 

Exchange differences relating to the translation of the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations, which relate to subsidiaries only, from their 
functional currency into the parent’s functional currency, being Sterling, are recognised directly in the translation reserve.

29. Retained earnings and other reserves

Balance at 1 January 2016
Net profit for the year
Share issue related 
to LTIP awards
Own shares acquired
in the period
Dividends paid
Tax taken directly to equity
Movement in valuation 
of share options

Balance at 1 January 2017
Net profit for the year
Dividends paid
Tax taken directly to equity
Exchange differences on 
retranslation of net investment
Movement in valuation 
of share options

Notes

11

11

Merger
reserve
£’000

1,105
–

Share-based
payments
£’000

9,416
–

–

–
–
–

–

1,105
–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–

885

10,301
–
–
–

–

2,747

Other
reserves
£’000

485
–

–

–
–
–

–

485
–
–
–

–

–

Total other
reserves
£’000

11,006
–

–

–
–
–

885

11,891
–
–
–

Retained
earnings
£’000

87,880
14,801

Total
£’000

98,886
14,801

(2)

(2)

(17)
(7,328)
434

(17)
(7,328) 
434

–

885

95,768
10,932
(7,728)
(20)

107,659
10,932
(7,728)
(20)

–

(527)

(527)

2,747

–

2,747 

Balance at 31 December 2017

1,105

13,048

485

14,638

98,425

113,063 

The merger reserve and other reserves are not distributable. The merger reserve represents the share premium account in Xaar Technology Limited. 
The share-based payment reserve represents the cumulative charge made under IFRS 2 in relation to share options and LTIP awards. Other reserves 
represent the non-distributable portion of the dividend received in Xaar plc from Xaar Digital Limited.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

123 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

30. Notes to the cash flow statement

Profit before tax
Adjustments for:
Share-based payments
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
Research and development expenditure credit
Investment income

Foreign exchange losses/(gains)
Loss/(profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Increase/(decrease) in provisions

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital
(Increase)/decrease in inventories
Increase in receivables
Increase/(decrease) in payables

Cash generated by operations
Income taxes received/(paid)

Net cash from operating activities

31. Operating lease arrangements

Minimum lease payments under operating leases recognised as an expense in the year:
Fixtures, fittings and equipment
Land and buildings

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

12,290

17,853

3,057
7,795
1,149
(411)
(186)

32
351
1,133

25,210
(5,071)
(9,226)
1,103

12,016
457

12,473

2017
£’000

93
1,689

1,782

969
7,851
787
(605)
(449)

(956)
(3)
(2,759)

22,688
2,841
(8,910)
(2,381)

14,238
(303)

13,935

2016
£’000

104
2,183

2,287

At the date of the statement of financial position, the Group had outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments under non-
cancellable operating leases, which fall due as follows:

Within one year
In the second to fifth years inclusive
After five years

Fixtures, fittings and equipment

Land and buildings

2017
£’000

76
94
–

170

2016
£’000

96
149
–

245

2017
£’000

1,539
2,402
523

4,464

2016
£’000

1,608
2,842
909

5,359

The operating leases in respect of fixtures, fittings and equipment extend over a period of up to five years.

 
124 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2017

32. Share-based payments
Equity-settled share option scheme
The Company’s share option schemes are open to all employees of the Group. Options are exercisable at a price equal to the average quoted 
market price of the Company’s shares on the date of grant. The standard vesting period is three years. 

An option granted under the Xaar plc 2004 Share Option Plan before 2011 will be exercisable over shares with a market value at the date of grant 
not exceeding a person’s annual salary if at the third anniversary of grant the EPS growth of the Company since grant has exceeded the growth in 
the Retail Prices Index (RPI) over the same period by at least 12%. To the extent that an option relates to shares with a market value as at the date  
of grant in excess of a person’s annual salary, the option will be exercisable over all of the excess shares if EPS growth over this period has exceeded 
RPI growth by at least 15%. For EPS performance between these two points, options will be exercisable over the excess shares on a sliding scale. 
In addition, options can only be exercised if EPS is at least 5.5 pence for the financial year preceding the third anniversary of grant. Performance 
may be retested once only from the date of grant to the fourth or fifth anniversary of grant (at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee), but the 
original EPS growth targets will be increased from 12/15% to 16/20% and 20/25% respectively. The 5.5 pence target will apply for the final financial 
year in the extended period.

An option granted under the Xaar plc 2004 Share Option Plan from 2011 onwards will be exercisable over shares with a market value at the date of 
grant not exceeding a person’s annual salary, if at the third anniversary of grant, Xaar plc has achieved positive adjusted profit before tax as shown 
in the consolidated income statement in the Company’s Annual Report and financial statements for any of the three years ending during the vesting 
period. One third of the shares subject to the option granted rounded to the nearest whole share, will vest based on the performance condition being 
met per year for each of the three years ending in the vesting period. If the adjusted profit before tax as shown in the consolidated income statement 
in Xaar plc’s Annual Report and financial statements for any relevant year is restated before the option becomes exercisable, the restated figure shall, 
unless the Remuneration Committee determines otherwise, be applied in determining whether the above targets are met. In addition, options shall 
only become exercisable in respect of any shares if the Committee in its absolute discretion determines that the overall financial performance of Xaar 
plc over the performance period is satisfactory.

The Xaar 2007 and 2017 Share Save Schemes provide an opportunity to all UK employees to save a set monthly amount (up to £250 pre 2014, 
up to £500 from 2014) over three years towards the exercise of a discounted share option, which is granted at the start of the three years. 

The Xaar Share Incentive Plan provides an opportunity for all UK employees to buy shares from their pre-tax remuneration up to the limit permitted 
by the relevant tax legislation (£1,500 per year for the awards made in 2013 and 2014, £1,800 per year for awards made from 2015) and are 
awarded additional shares for free on a matching basis; the Company currently operates the plan on the basis of a 1:1 match but may award 
matching shares up to the maximum ratio permitted by the relevant tax legislation (currently a 2:1 ratio). 

Options and awards under the Xaar 2007 and 2017 Share Save Schemes and Xaar Share Incentive Plan are not subject to performance conditions.

If the options remain unexercised after a period of ten years from the date of grant, or 42 months in the case of the Share Save Scheme, or five 
years in the case of the Share Incentive Plan (being the contractual lives), the options expire. Save as permitted in the share option scheme rules, 
options lapse on an employee leaving the Group.

Details of the share options outstanding during the year are as follows:

Outstanding at beginning of year
Granted during the year
Lapsed during the year
Exercised during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

Number
of share
options

1,280,204
411,576
(186,840)
(486,641)

1,018,299

275,756

2017

Weighted
average
exercise
price (£)

3.14
3.33
3.83
3.10

3.22

2.30

Number
of share
options

1,259,654
243,467
(97,552)
(125,365)

1,280,204

306,131

2016

Weighted
average
exercise
price (£)

3.14
3.57
4.25
2.25

3.14

2.25

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the period was £4.58 (2016: £4.61). The options 
outstanding at 31 December 2017 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of three years (2016: four years). In 2017, options were granted  
on 13 April and 1 November. The aggregate of the estimated fair values of the options granted on those dates is £0.61 million. In 2016, options were 
granted on 14 April and 1 November. The aggregate of the estimated fair values of the options granted on those dates is £0.58 million. 

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

125 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

32. Share-based payments continued
Equity-settled share option scheme continued
The inputs into the Black-Scholes model are as follows:

Weighted average share price
Weighted average exercise price
Weighted average expected volatility
Expected life
Risk-free rate
Weighted average expected dividends

2017

2016

£4.28
£3.33
35%
3 years
0.50%
0.59%

£5.04
£4.03
51%
3 years
0.33%
0.56%

Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Group’s share price over periods ranging from the previous one to 
three years. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, 
exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

Long Term Incentive Plan
The Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan is open to all employees of the Group. 

All LTIP share awards granted before 2015 are subject to the achievement of EPS performance conditions, the number of shares that vest will 
depend on the EPS growth of the Company for the three financial years of the Company commencing on 1 January of the year of grant, as follows:

(1)  None of the Awards will vest if the Company’s EPS growth does not exceed growth in the Retail Prices Index (RPI) by at least  

4% compound p.a.

(2)  35% of the Awards will vest if the Company’s EPS growth exceeds growth in the RPI by at least 4% compound p.a.
(3)  All of the Awards will vest if the Company’s EPS growth exceeds growth in the RPI by at least 10% compound p.a.
(4)  Awards will vest on a straight-line basis for EPS growth in excess of growth in the RPI of between 4% and 10% compound p.a.

LTIP share awards granted in 2015 onwards are subject to the achievement of different performance conditions depending on the level of the 
employee. The number of shares that vest will depend on achievement of performance conditions for the three financial years of the Company 
commencing on 1 January of the year of grant, and are subject to one, two, three or four of the conditions as set out below:

(1)  Absolute cumulative EPS performance over the period, whereby 25% of the Awards will vest if the threshold target is achieved, below threshold 

0% will vest and up to a maximum of 100% if the maximum EPS target or higher is achieved.

(2)  For 2015 and 2016 grants,TSR relative to FTSE TechMARK All Share Index, whereby 25% of the Awards will vest if the median rank in the 

comparator group is achieved, below median 0% will vest and up to a maximum of 100% if the upper quartile or higher is achieved. For 2017 
grants,TSR outperformance multiplier determined by comparison to the FTSE Small Cap Index, whereby a performance multiplier of between 
116.7% (for upper quartile performance) and 150% or 200% (for upper decile performance) is applied to the base award relating to awards 
granted with EPS and revenue performance conditions.

(3)  Achievement of positive adjusted profit before tax as shown in the consolidated income statement in the Company’s Annual Report and 

Accounts for any of the three years ending during the vesting period. One third of the shares subject to the option granted rounded to the 
nearest whole share, will vest based on the performance condition being met per year for each of the three years ending in the vesting period. If 
the adjusted profit before tax as shown in the consolidated income statement in Xaar plc’s Annual Report and Accounts for any relevant year is 
restated before the option becomes exercisable, the restated figure shall, unless the Remuneration Committee determines otherwise, be applied 
in determining whether the above targets are met. In addition, options shall only become exercisable in respect of any shares if the Committee in 
its absolute discretion determines that the overall financial performance of Xaar plc over the performance period is satisfactory.

(4)  From 2017, revenue growth over the period, whereby 25% of the Awards will vest if the threshold target is achieved, below threshold 0% will 

vest and up to a maximum of 100% if the maximum revenue growth target or higher is achieved.

There are also a number of LTIP share awards granted that are subject to the achievement of different performance conditions for specific 
individuals, dependent on revenue or profit performance over a set performance period.

In addition, options shall only become exercisable in respect of any shares if the Committee in its absolute discretion determines that the overall 
financial performance of Xaar plc over the performance period is satisfactory. All awards that will vest will be calculated on a straight-line basis. 
All awards made under this scheme are exercisable within three to ten years after the date of grant. Save as permitted in the Long Term Incentive 
Plan rules, awards lapse on an employee leaving the Group.

 
126 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2017

32. Share-based payments continued
Long Term Incentive Plan continued
Key individuals have previously been invited to participate in a bonus matching scheme where matching LTIP share awards are granted when the 
employee invests their bonus in Xaar shares and retains ownership of these shares for the duration of the LTIP share award vesting period. The 
matching share award is a 1 for 1 match on the pre-tax value of the bonus used to acquire bonus investment shares. Matching LTIP share awards 
are subject to the same performance criteria as all other LTIP awards.

Details of performance share awards outstanding during the year are as follows:

Awards outstanding at start of year
Granted during the year
Lapsed during the year
Exercised during the year 

Awards outstanding at end of year

Exercisable at the end of the year

2017

2016

1,731,001
770,091
(432,023)
(76,124)

1,543,345
684,395
(479,574)
(17,165)

1,992,945

1,731,001

148,097

223,758

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for awards exercised during the period was £3.65 (2016: £4.37). The options outstanding 
at 31 December 2017 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of eight years (2016: eight years). In 2017, Performance Share Awards were 
made on 16 May. The aggregate of the estimated fair values of grants made on those dates is £2.8 million. In 2016, Performance Share Awards 
were made on 1 April, 11 May, 27 June, 25 August, 6 September and 1 December. The aggregate of the estimated fair values of grants made on 
those dates is £3.2 million.

The estimated fair values for grants with non-market based performance conditions were calculated using the Black-Scholes model. The inputs into 
the Black-Scholes model were as follows:

Weighted average share price
Weighted average exercise price

Weighted average expected volatility

Weighted average expected life
Weighted average risk free rate
Weighted average expected dividends

2017

£3.75
£nil

50%

6 years
0.48%
0.67%

2016

£4.82
£nil

53%

7 years
0.99%
0.50%

The estimated fair values for grants with market based performance conditions were calculated using the Monte Carlo model. The inputs into the 
Monte Carlo model were as follows:

Weighted average share price
Weighted average exercise price

Weighted average expected volatility

Weighted average expected life
Weighted average risk free rate
Weighted average expected dividends

2017

£3.75
£nil

42%

3 years
0.12%
2.66%

2016

£4.87
£nil

57%

3 years
0.43%
1.94%

The Group recognised total expenses of £2,747,000 and £885,000 related to all equity-settled share-based payment transactions in 2017  
and 2016 respectively.

127 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

33. Retirement benefit schemes
Defined contribution schemes
The UK-based employees of the Group’s UK companies have the option to be members of a defined contribution pension scheme managed 
by a third party pension provider. For each employee who is a member of the scheme the Company will contribute a fixed percentage of each 
employee’s salary to the scheme. The only obligation of the Group with respect to this scheme is to make the specified contributions.

The total cost charged to the income statement in respect of these schemes during 2017 was £1,216,000 (2016: £1,357,000). As at 31 December 
2017 contributions of £128,000 (2016: £147,000) due in respect of the current reporting period had not been paid over to the schemes.

34. Related party transactions
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this 
note.

Remuneration of key management personnel
The remuneration of the Directors, who are the key management personnel of the Group, is set out below in aggregate for each of the categories 
specified in IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures. Further information about the remuneration of individual Directors is provided in the audited part  
of the Directors’ Remuneration report on page 60.

Short term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payments

2017
£’000

1,195
76
597

1,868

2016
£’000

1,180
74
(131)

1,123

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

 
128 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Company balance sheet
as at 31 December 2017

Fixed assets
Investments

Current assets
Held-to-maturity investments
Debtors – due within one year
Debtors – due after one year
Cash at bank and in hand

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Other reserves
Own shares
Share-based payment reserve
Profit and loss account

Equity shareholders’ funds

Notes

2017
£’000

2016
£’000
(Restated note 10)

3

3
4
4

5

7
7

25,473

25,473

–
61,733
135
9,323

71,191
(11,859)

59,332

84,805

84,805

7,833
29,317
35,169
(3,622)
3,214
12,894

23,547

23,547

1,000
87,026
139
11,419

99,584
(33,790)

65,794

89,341

89,341

7,778
27,854
33,249
(3,622)
2,387
21,695

84,805

89,341

Xaar plc reported a loss for the financial year ended 31 December 2017 of £1,067,000 (2016: profit of £22,313,000). 

The financial statements of Xaar plc, registered number 3320972, were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue 
on 21 March 2018. They were signed on its behalf by:

Doug Edwards
Chief Executive Officer

Lily Liu
Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

129 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Company statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2017

Called up 
share capital
£’000

Share premium
account
£’000

Notes

At 1 January 2016 (as previously reported)
Prior period adjustment

At 1 January 2016 (restated)
Profit for the financial year

Total comprehensive income  
for the period
New shares issued
Own shares sold in the period
Dividends paid
Capital contribution for share-based 
payments
Share-based payments

 6

3

7,764

27,585

–

7,764
–

–

27,585
–

–
14
–
–

–
–

–
269
–
–

–
–

Other
reserves
£’000

25,333

7,023

32,356
–

–
–
–
–

893
–

Own
shares
£’000

Share-based
payments
£’000

Profit and
loss account
£’000

(3,776)

2,393

–

(3,776)
–

–

2,393
–

–
–
154
–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
(6)

6,729

–

6,729
22,313

22,313
(2)
(17)
(7,328)

–
–

Total
£’000

66,028

7,023 

73,051
22,313 

22,313
281
137 
(7,328)

893
(6)

At 1 January 2017 (restated)

10

7,778

27,854

33,249

(3,622)

2,387

21,695

89,341

Loss for the financial year

Total comprehensive income  
for the period
New shares issued
Dividends paid
Deferred tax on share-based  
payment transactions
Capital contribution for shared based 
payments
Share-based payments

–

–
55
–

–

–
–

–

–
1,463
–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

1,920
–

6

3

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
827

(1,067)

(1,067) 

(1,067)
–
(7,728)

(6)

–
–

(1,067)
1,518
(7,728)

(6)

1,920
827 

At 31 December 2017

7,833

29,317

35,169

(3,622)

3,214

12,894

84,805 

The share premium account and other reserves are non-distributable.

Other reserves represent the profit from the sale of a subsidiary, the non-distributable portion of the dividend received in Xaar plc from Xaar Digital 
Limited and the capital contribution to investments relating to share-based payments.

The share-based payment reserve represents the cumulative charge made under IFRS 2 in relation to share options and LTIP awards. 

Full details of share capital, share premium and own shares are given in notes 25, 26 and 27 to the consolidated financial statements.

 
130 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the Company financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2017

1. Significant accounting policies
Basis of accounting
The separate financial statements of the Company are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006 and in accordance with FRS 101 
(Financial Reporting Standard 101) ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ as issued by the Financial Reporting Council. The results of Xaar plc 
are included in the consolidated financial statements of Xaar plc.

As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in relation to share-based 
payments, financial instruments, capital management, presentation of comparative information in respect of certain assets, presentation of a cash 
flow statement and certain related party transactions.

Where required, equivalent disclosures are given in the consolidated financial statements of Xaar plc. 

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention.

The principal accounting policies adopted are the same as those set out in note 3 of the consolidated financial statements except as noted below. 
They have all been applied consistently throughout the year and the preceding year.

Investments
Fixed asset investments in subsidiaries are shown at cost less provision for impairment and capital related to share-based payments. Contributions 
in respect of share-based payments are recognised in line with the policy set out in note 8. 

For investments in subsidiaries acquired for consideration, including the issue of shares qualifying for merger relief, cost is measured by reference  
to the nominal value only of the shares issued. Any premium is ignored.

Bonds with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity dates that the Group has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are 
classified as held-to-maturity investments and are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method less any impairment. 

Dividends
Dividend income is recognised when an irrevocable right to receive payment has been established provided that it is probable that the economic 
benefits will flow to the Company and the amount of income can be measured reliably.

2. Profit for the year
As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has elected not to present its own profit and loss account for the year.

The average number of employees throughout 2017 was 52 (2016: 55). Staff costs amounted to £2.8 million (2016: £2.8 million). Information  
about the remuneration of Directors is provided in the audited part of the Directors’ Remuneration report on page 60. For the remuneration of 
key management personnel of the Company see note 34 of the consolidated financial statements.

The audit fee for the audit of the Company’s financial statements in 2017 was £22,000 (2016: £22,000). 

3. Fixed and current asset investments

Subsidiary undertakings
At beginning of the year
Additions in the year
Capital contributions arising from share-based payments

At end of the year

Held-to-maturity investments
At beginning and end of the year
Disposals during the year

At end of year

2017
£’000

23,547
6
1,920

25,473

1,000
(1,000)

–

2016
£’000
(Restated)

11,468
11,186
893

23,547

1,000
–

1,000

 
I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

131 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

3. Fixed and current asset investments continued
The Directors believe that the carrying value of the investments is supported by their underlying net assets. 

Held-to-maturity investments represented investment in bonds returning interest at 3% per annum, which were due to mature on 22 November 
2018. The option to redeem the bonds was exercised on 21 November 2017.

4. Debtors

Amounts receivable within one year
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Prepayments and accrued income

Amounts receivable after more than one year
Deferred tax asset

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

61,731
2

61,733

87,012
14

87,026

135

139

61,868

87,165

Amounts owed by Group undertakings are trading balances under normal commercial terms and interest is not charged.

The Finance (No 2) Act 2015, provided for a reduction in the main rate of corporation tax from 20% to 19% effective from 1 April 2017, and a 
reduction to 18% effective from 1 April 2020. Finance Act 2016 provides for a further reduction in the main rate of corporation tax to 17% effective 
from 1 April 2020. These rate reductions have been reflected in the calculation of deferred tax at the balance sheet date.

The deferred tax asset relates to amounts recognised in respect of share-based payments.

5. Creditors

Amounts falling due within one year
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Accruals

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

11,293
566

11,859

33,472
318

33,790

Amounts owed to Group undertakings are trading balances under normal commercial terms and interest is not charged.

For additional disclosures relating to financial liabilities, see note 23 to the consolidated financial statements.

 
 
 
 
 
132 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2017

6. Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the period:
Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2016 of 6.7p (2015: 6.3p) per share
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2017 of 3.4p (2016: 3.3p) per share

Total distributions to equity holders in the period

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2017 of 6.8p (2016: 6.7p) per share

2017
£’000

5,126
2,602

7,728

5,326

2016
£’000

4,808
2,520

7,328

5,212

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the AGM and has not been included as a liability in these financial statements.

7. Share capital and share premium account
Full details of movements in share capital and the share option schemes, and share premium are given in notes 25 and 26 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

8. Share-based payments
Equity-settled share option scheme
The Company’s share option schemes are open to all employees of the Company. Options are exercisable at a price equal to the average quoted 
market price of the Company’s shares on the date of grant. The vesting period is three years. The vesting criteria of these options are disclosed in 
note 32 to the consolidated Financial Statements. If the options remain unexercised after a period of ten years from the date of grant, 42 months in 
the case of the Share Save Scheme, or five years in the case of the Share Incentive Plan, the options expire. Save as permitted in the share option 
scheme rules, options lapse on an employee leaving the Company.

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the period was £3.94 (2016: £4.62). The options 
outstanding at 31 December 2017 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of three years (2016: five years), and a range of exercise 
prices between 0 pence and 417 pence (2016: 0 pence and 616 pence). 

The performance conditions relating to the above share options and the exercise prices of options outstanding at the year-end are given in note 32 
to the consolidated financial statements.

Long Term Incentive Plan
The Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan is open to all employees of the Company. Vesting of Performance Share Awards made under this scheme 
is conditional upon the achievement of performance conditions. Full details of the performance conditions are shown in note 32 of the consolidated 
Financial Statements. All awards made under this scheme are exercisable within three to ten years after the date of grant. Save as permitted in the 
Long Term Incentive Plan rules, awards lapse on an employee leaving the Company.

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for awards exercised during the period was £3.60 (2016: no exercises). The awards 
outstanding at 31 December 2017 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of nine years (2016: eight years). All awards have a £nil 
exercise price.

 
133 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

9. Subsidiary undertakings
The following entities are wholly-owned subsidiary undertakings of the Company:

Name

Country
of incorporation

Address of
registered office

Principal
activity

Xaar Technology
Limited
XaarJet Limited 

England & Wales

England & Wales

Science Park, Cambridge,
CB4 0XR
Science Park, Cambridge,
CB4 0XR

Research and development

Manufacturing, research and 
development and sales and 
marketing
Sales and marketing

England & Wales

XaarJet (Overseas) 
Limited
Xaar Trustee 
Limited1
Xaar Digital Limited England & Wales
Xaar ApS

England & Wales

Denmark

Xaar Group AB

Sweden

XaarJet AB2

Sweden

USA

Xaar US Holdings
Inc.
Engineered Printing 
Solutions³
Xaar Americas Inc.³ USA

USA

Trustee

Science Park, Cambridge,
CB4 0XR
Science Park, Cambridge,
CB4 0XR
Science Park, Cambridge, CB4 0XR Treasury
c/o Bygning OBV 028, Otto Busses 
Vej 5 A,1. sal., 2450 Kobenhavn SV, 
Denmark
Science Park, Cambridge,
CB4 0XR

Research and development

Holding company

Science Park, Cambridge,
CB4 0XR
1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New 
Castle County, Delaware, USA 
201 Tennis Way, East Dorset, 
VT 05253, USA
1000 Post and Paddock, Suite 405,
Grand Prairie, TX 75050, USA

Manufacturing

Holding company

Manufacturing, sales and 
marketing
Sales and marketing

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Issued and fully
paid up share
capital

4,445,322 ordinary 
£1 shares
2 ordinary £1 shares

1 ordinary £1 share

2 ordinary £1 shares

100 ordinary £1 shares
500 ordinary shares of 
DKK 100 each

1,137,000 ordinary 
shares
of SEK 0.09 each
1,000 ordinary shares of 
SEK 100 each
6,000 shares of common 
stock US$1 each
100 shares of common 
stock US$1 each
10,000 shares of 
common stock US$1 each

Proportion of 
ordinary share 
capital held by 
the company

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%
100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

1 Xaar Trustee Limited shares are held by Xaar Technology Limited.
2 XaarJet AB shares are held by Xaar Group AB.
3 Xaar Americas Inc. and Engineered Printing Solutions are held by Xaar US Holdings Inc.

10. Restatement of prior periods
The financial statements include a prior period restatement in relation to the recognition of the capital contribution made due to Xaar plc’s obligation 
to settle share-based transactions with subsidiary employees with its own equity instruments. The capital contribution has been measured in 
accordance with IFRS 2 and the requirements applicable to equity-settled share-based payments.

The following table summarises the impact of the prior period restatement on the financial statements of the Company:

Company balance sheet

Fixed assets
Investments 

Capital and reserves
Other reserves 

31 December
2016 as
previously stated
£’000

31 December
2016
adjustment
£’000

31 December
2016
restated
£’000

15,631

7,916

23,547

25,333

7,916*

33,249

*  Split between £7,023,000 impacting brought forward reserves as at 1 January 2016 and £893,000 impacting the other reserves in the 2016 comparative period.

 
134 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Five year record

Summarised consolidated results
Results
Revenue
Gross profit
Adjusted profit before tax
Adjusted profit after tax

Adjusted diluted earnings per share
Adjusted basic earnings per share excluding the impact of IAS 38
Dividends pence per share
Assets employed
Net cash*

*  Net cash is made up of cash and cash equivalents, treasury deposits less borrowings.

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

2014
£’000

2013
£’000

100,142
47,045
18,012
16,413

20.7p
15.6p
10.2p

96,178
44,667
19,482 
 16,587 

21.2p
11.0p
10.0p

93,472
44,690
20,819
19,024

24.5p
17.0p
9.45p

109,150
48,602
24,610
20,229

26.4p
17.2p
9.0p

137,128
74,014
41,118
33,102

43.2p
44.9p
8.0p

44,697

 49,321 

69,747

46,963

53,485

For 2013 only, adjusted revenue and adjusted gross profit were £134,134,000 and £71,020,000 respectively.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

135 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Notice of the Annual General Meeting

Notice is hereby given that the twenty-first Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) of Xaar plc (the ‘Company’) will be held at Future Business Centre 
Cambridge, King’s Hedges Road, Cambridge, CB4 2HY on Tuesday 22 May 2018 at 9:30am for the following purposes:

Ordinary business
To consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions which will be proposed as Ordinary Resolutions:

1.  To receive the Company’s annual financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2017.
2.  To reappoint Deloitte LLP as auditor to hold office from the conclusion of this meeting until the conclusion of the next general meeting 

of the Company at which Financial Statements are laid.

3.  To authorise the Directors to determine the remuneration of the auditors.
4.  To declare a final dividend for the financial year ended 31 December 2017 of 6.8p per ordinary share.
5.  To re-elect Doug Edwards as a Director. 
6.  To re-elect Andrew Herbert as a Director.
7.  To re-elect Lily Liu as a Director.
8.  To re-elect Chris Morgan as a Director.
9.  To re-elect Margaret Rice-Jones as a Director.
10. To re-elect Robin Williams as a Director.
11. To approve the Directors’ Remuneration report (excluding the Directors’ remuneration policy which is set out on pages 70 to 79 of the 

Annual Report) for the year ended 31 December 2017.

Special business
To consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions which will be proposed in the case of Resolution 13 as an Ordinary Resolution and in 
the case of Resolutions 12 and 14 as Special Resolutions:
12.  That the Company be generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 (the ‘Act’) to 

make one or more market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of the Act) of ordinary shares of 10p in the capital of the Company 
(ordinary shares) provided that:
• 

the maximum aggregate number of ordinary shares authorised to be purchased is 11,671,065 (representing 14.9% of the issued ordinary 
share capital);
the minimum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for an ordinary share is the par value of the shares;
the maximum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for an ordinary share is an amount equal to the higher of (i) 105% of the 
average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five 
business days immediately preceding the day on which that ordinary share is purchased, and (ii) the amount stipulated by article 5(1) 
of the Buy-back and Stabilisation Regulation 2003;
this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company, or, if earlier, at the close of business on the 
date which is 15 months after the passing of this resolution unless renewed, revoked or varied before that time; and
the Company may make a contract to purchase ordinary shares under this authority before the expiry of the authority which will or may be 
executed wholly or partly after the expiry of the authority, and may make a purchase of ordinary shares in pursuance of any such contract.

• 
• 

• 

• 

13.  That, in substitution for all existing authorities including the authority conferred on the Directors by Article 4(b) of the Company’s Articles of 

Association, in accordance with section 551 of the Act the Directors be and they are generally and unconditionally authorised to exercise all 
powers of the Company to allot equity securities (within the meaning of section 560 of the Act), or grant rights to subscribe for, or convert any 
security into, shares in the Company:
(a)  up to an aggregate nominal amount of £5,221,953.00 (such amount to be reduced by the nominal amount of any equity securities allotted 

pursuant to the authority in Resolution 13(b)) in connection with a rights issue (as defined in the Listing Rules issued by the Financial 
Conduct Authority pursuant to Part VI of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000), to holders of equity securities, in proportion to 
their respective entitlements to such equity securities, but subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem 
necessary or expedient in relation to treasury shares, fractional entitlements, record dates, legal or practical problems in or under the laws 
of any territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange; and

(b)  otherwise up to an aggregate nominal amount of £2,610,976.60 (such amount to be reduced by the nominal amount of any equity securities 

allotted pursuant to the authority in Resolution 13(a)),

provided that this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company, or, if earlier, at the close of 
business on the date which is 15 months after the passing of this resolution, save that the Company may before such expiry make an offer or 
agreement which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors may allot such equity securities in 
pursuance of such an offer or agreement as if the authority conferred by this resolution had not expired.

 
 
136 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notice of the Annual General Meeting continued

Special business continued
14.  Subject to the passing of Resolution 13 of the notice of meeting, that, in substitution for all existing authorities, including the authority conferred 

on the Directors by Article 4(c) of the Company’s Articles of Association:
(a)  the Directors be and they are empowered pursuant to section 570 of the Act to allot equity securities pursuant to the authority conferred by 
Resolution 13(a) as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this authority shall be limited to the allotment 
of equity securities in connection with a rights issue (as defined in the Listing Rules issued by the Financial Conduct Authority pursuant to 
Part VI of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) but subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem 
necessary or expedient in relation to treasury shares, fractional entitlements, record dates, legal or practical problems in or under the laws 
of any territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange; and

(b)  the Directors be and they are empowered pursuant to section 570 of the Act to allot equity securities for cash pursuant to the authority 

conferred by Resolution 13(b) as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this authority shall be limited to 
the allotment of equity securities (otherwise than in connection with any rights issue (as defined in the Listing Rules issued by the Financial 
Conduct Authority pursuant to Part VI of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000)):
(i) up to an aggregate nominal value of up to £391,646.40 (being the nominal value of approximately 5% of the issued share capital of the 
Company); and
(ii) up to a further maximum aggregate nominal value of £391,646.40 (being the nominal value of 5% of the issued share capital of the  
Company) provided that it is used only in connection with an acquisition or a specified capital investment, 

provided that this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company, or, if earlier, at the close of 
business on the date which is 15 months from the passing of this resolution, save that the Company may before such expiry make an offer 
or agreement which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors may allot equity securities in 
pursuance of such an offer or agreement as if the authority conferred by this resolution had not expired.

By order of the Board

Lily Liu
Company Secretary

21 March 2018

 
 
 
 
 
I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

137 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017   

Notes
1.  A member entitled to attend and vote at the meeting is also entitled to appoint one or more proxies to attend and, on a show of hands or on a 
poll, vote instead of him. Where more than one proxy is appointed, each proxy must be appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different 
share or shares held by the appointing shareholder. The proxy need not be a member of the Company.

2.  To be effective, the instrument appointing a proxy and any authority under which it is executed (or a notarially certified copy of such authority) 
must be deposited at the office of the Company’s registrars not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned 
meeting. A form of proxy is enclosed with this notice. Completion and return of the form of proxy will not preclude ordinary shareholders from 
attending and voting in person.

3.  Any person to whom this notice is sent who is a person nominated under section 146 of the Companies Act 2006 to enjoy information rights 
(a ‘Nominated Person’) may, under an agreement between him/her and the shareholder by whom he/she was nominated, have a right to 
be appointed (or to have someone else appointed) as a proxy for the Annual General Meeting. If a Nominated Person has no such proxy 
appointment right or does not wish to exercise it, he/she may, under any such agreement, have a right to give instructions to the shareholder 
as to the exercise of voting rights.

4.  The statement of the rights of shareholders in relation to the appointment of proxies in paragraphs 1 and 2 above does not apply to Nominated 

5. 

Persons. The rights described in these paragraphs can only be exercised by shareholders of the Company.
In accordance with Regulation 41 of the Uncertified Securities Regulations 2001, the Company specifies that only those members entered 
on the register of members of the Company as at close of business on 18 May 2018 (or in the event the meeting is adjourned, on the register 
of members 48 hours before the time of any adjourned meeting) shall be entitled to attend or vote at the meeting in respect of the number of 
shares registered in their name at that time. Changes to entries on the register of members after close of business on 18 May 2018 (or in the 
event the meeting is adjourned, on the register of members less than 48 hours before the time of any adjourned meeting) shall be disregarded 
in determining the rights of any person to attend or vote at the meeting.

6.  Copies of Directors’ service agreements, the terms of appointment of Non-Executive Directors, the register of Directors’ interests kept by the 
Company under section 808 of the Companies Act 2006, the Xaar plc 2004 Share Option Plan, the Xaar plc 2007 Share Save Plan, Xaar plc 
2007 Long Term Incentive Plan, the Xaar Share Incentive Plan and the Xaar 2017 Long Term Incentive Plan will be available 15 minutes prior 
to the commencement of the meeting and will remain open and accessible during the continuance of the meeting to any person attending the 
meeting.

7.  Biographical details of all Directors offering themselves for re-appointment are set out on pages 40 and 41 of the Annual Report and Accounts.
8.  Shareholders should note that it is possible that, pursuant to requests made by shareholders of the Company under section 527 of the 

9. 

Companies Act 2006, the Company may be required to publish on a website a statement setting out any matter relating to: (i) the audit of the 
Company’s accounts (including the auditor’s report and the conduct of the audit) that are to be laid before the Annual General Meeting; or 
(ii) any circumstance connected with an auditor of the Company ceasing to hold office since the previous meeting at which annual accounts 
and reports were laid in accordance with section 437 of the Companies Act 2006. The Company may not require the shareholders requesting 
any such website publication to pay its expenses in complying with sections 527 or 528 of the Companies Act 2006. Where the Company is 
required to place a statement on a website under section 527 of the Companies Act 2006, it must forward the statement to the Company’s 
auditor not later than the time when it makes the statement available on the website. The business which may be dealt with at the Annual 
General Meeting includes any statement that the Company has been required under section 527 of the Companies Act 2006 to publish 
on a website.
In order to facilitate voting by corporate representatives at the meeting, arrangements will be put in place at the meeting so that: (i) if a corporate 
shareholder has appointed the Chairman of the meeting as its corporate representative to vote on a poll in accordance with the directions of 
all of the other corporate representatives for that shareholder at the meeting, then on a poll those corporate representatives will give voting 
directions to the Chairman and the Chairman will vote (or withhold a vote) as corporate representative in accordance with those directions; 
and (ii) if more than one corporate representative for the same corporate shareholder attends the meeting but the corporate shareholder has 
not appointed the Chairman of the meeting as its corporate representative, a designated corporate representative will be nominated, from 
those corporate representatives who attend, who will vote on a poll and the other corporate representatives will give voting directions to that 
designated corporate representative. Corporate shareholders are referred to in the guidance issued by the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and 
Administrators on proxies and corporate representatives (www.icsa.org.uk) for further details of this procedure. The guidance includes a sample 
form of appointment letter if the Chairman is being appointed as described in (i) above.

10.  CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so by using the 
procedures described in the CREST Manual. CREST Personal Members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members 
who have appointed a service provider(s), should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the 
appropriate action on their behalf.

 
138 
Xaar plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Notice of the Annual General Meeting continued

Notes continued
11.  In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made using the CREST service to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a ‘CREST Proxy 

Instruction’) must be properly authenticated in accordance with CRESTCo’s specifications, and must contain the information required for such 
instruction, as described in the CREST Manual. The message, regardless of whether it constitutes the appointment of a proxy or is an amendment 
to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy must, in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s agent 
(ID RA10) by 9:30 am on 20 May 2018. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by the timestamp applied 
to the message by the CREST Application Host) from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner 
prescribed by CREST. After this time any change of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated to the appointee 
through other means.

12.  CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors, or voting service providers should note that CRESTCo does not make 

available special procedures in CREST for any particular message. Normal system timings and limitations will, therefore, apply in relation to 
the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST 
personal member, or sponsored member, or has appointed a voting service provider, to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service 
provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular 
time. In this connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting system providers are referred, in particular, 
to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and timings.

13.  The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities 

Regulations 2001.

14.  As at 7.00am on 21 March 2018 (the date of publication of this Notice), the Company’s issued share capital comprised 78,329,296 ordinary 
shares of 10p each. Each ordinary share carries the right to one vote at a general meeting of the Company, except for the shares held in 
trust for the Xaar Share Incentive Plan totalling 141,838 shares and, therefore, the total number of voting rights in the Company as at 7.00am 
on 21 March 2018 is 78,187,458. 

15.  Any member attending the meeting has the right to ask questions. The Company must answer any such question relating to the business being 
dealt with at the meeting but no such answer need be given if: (a) to do so would interfere unduly with the preparation for the meeting or involve 
the disclosure of confidential information; (b) the answer has already been given on a website in the form of an answer to a question; or (c) it is 
undesirable in the interests of the Company or the good order of the meeting that the question be answered.

16.  A copy of this Notice, and other information required by section 311A of the Companies Act 2006, can be found at www.xaar.com.

Registered office
316 Science Park 
Cambridge CB4 0XR

Registered number
3320972

Company Secretary
Lily Liu

ADVISORS

Brokers
Jefferies International Limited
Vintners Place 
68 Upper Thames Street 
London EC4V 3BJ

N+1 Singer
One Bartholomew Lane 
London EC2N 2AX

Registered auditor
Deloitte LLP
1 Station Square 
Cambridge CB1 2GA 

Solicitors
Mills & Reeve LLP
Botanic House 
100 Hills Road 
Cambridge CB2 1PH

Bankers
HSBC Bank plc
Vitrum Building 
St John’s Innovation Park 
Cowley Road 
Cambridge CB4 0DS

Registrars
Link Asset Services
The Registry 
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham 
Kent BR3 4TU

Xaar plc
316 Science Park
Cambridge CB4 0XR

T  +44 (0) 1223 423663
E  info@xaar.com
www.xaar.com